Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Agricultural Farm Products / Tyson Foods

Tyson Foods

tsn · NYSE Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker tsn
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Agricultural Farm Products
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Tyson Foods
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K 

☒ Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended October 2, 2021

☐ Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from                          to                         

001-14704 
(Commission File Number)
______________________________________________

TYSON FOODS, INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

______________________________________________

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

71-0225165
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

2200 West Don Tyson Parkway,
Springdale, Arkansas
(Address of principal executive offices)

72762-6999
(Zip Code)

(479) 290-4000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class

Class A Common Stock

Par Value $0.10

Trading Symbol
TSN

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
New York Stock Exchange

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Not Applicable

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), 
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted 
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller 
reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting 
company,” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated Filer

Non-Accelerated Filer

☒

☐

Accelerated Filer

Smaller Reporting Company
Emerging Growth Company

☐

☐
☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for 
complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness 
of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered 
public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

On April 3, 2021, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s Class A Common Stock, $0.10 par value ("Class A stock"), and Class 
B Common Stock, $0.10 par value ("Class B stock"), held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $21,593,988,086 and $775,279, 
respectively. Class B stock is not publicly listed for trade on any exchange or market system. However, Class B stock is convertible 
into Class A stock on a share-for-share basis, so the market value was calculated based on the market price of Class A stock.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of October 30, 2021.

Class

Class A Common Stock, $0.10 Par Value ("Class A stock")
Class B Common Stock, $0.10 Par Value ("Class B stock")

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Outstanding Shares
294,770,832
70,010,355

Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the registrant’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held February 10, 
2022, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

PART II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.

PART III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

PART IV
Item 15.
Item 16.

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary

PAGE

2
8
18
19
20
20

22
23
24
41
43
83
83
84

84
85
85
85
85

85
93

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

GENERAL
Tyson Foods, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “Tyson Foods” or “Tyson”) (NYSE: TSN) is 
one of the world’s largest food companies and a recognized leader in protein. Founded in 1935 by John W. Tyson and grown under 
three generations of family leadership, the Company has a broad portfolio of products and brands including Tyson®, Jimmy Dean®, 
Hillshire Farm®, Ball Park®, Wright®, Aidells®, ibp® and State Fair®. Tyson Foods innovates continually to make protein more 
sustainable, tailor food for everywhere it’s available and raise the world’s expectations for how much good food can do. 
Headquartered in Springdale, Arkansas, the Company had approximately 137,000 employees (“team members”) on October 2, 2021. 
Through our Core Values, Tyson Foods is a company of people engaged in the production of food, seeking to pursue trust and 
integrity, and committed to creating value for our shareholders, our customers, our team members and our communities. We strive to 
be honorable and operate with integrity, be faith-friendly and inclusive, serve as stewards of the resources entrusted to us and provide 
a safe work environment. Some of the key factors influencing our business are customer demand for our products; the ability to 
maintain and grow relationships with customers and introduce new and innovative products to the marketplace; accessibility of 
international markets; market prices for our products; the cost and availability of live cattle and hogs, raw materials and feed 
ingredients; availability of team members to operate our production facilities; and operating efficiencies of our facilities.

We operate a fully vertically-integrated chicken production process with the majority of our production certified as no antibiotic ever 
(sometimes referred to as “NAE”). Our integrated operations consist of breeding stock, contract farmers, feed production, processing, 
further-processing, marketing and transportation of chicken and related specialty products, including animal and pet food ingredients. 
Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Cobb-Vantress, Inc., we are one of the leading poultry breeding stock suppliers in the world. 
Investing in breeding stock research and development allows us to breed into our flocks the characteristics found to be most desirable.

We also process live fed cattle and hogs and fabricate dressed beef and pork carcasses into primal and sub-primal meat cuts, case-
ready beef and pork and fully-cooked meats. In addition, we derive value from specialty products such as hides and variety meats sold 
to further processors and others.

We produce a wide range of fresh, value-added, frozen and refrigerated food products. Our products are marketed and sold primarily 
by our sales staff to grocery retailers, grocery wholesalers, meat distributors, warehouse club stores, military commissaries, industrial 
food processing companies, chain restaurants or their distributors, live markets, international export companies and domestic 
distributors who serve restaurants, foodservice operations such as plant and school cafeterias, convenience stores, hospitals and other 
vendors. Additionally, sales to the military and a portion of sales to international markets are made through independent brokers and 
trading companies.

As part of our commitment to innovation and growth, we have a subsidiary focused on investing in companies developing 
breakthrough technologies, business models and products to sustainably feed a growing world population. Tyson New Ventures, LLC 
is used to broaden our exposure to innovative, new forms of protein and ways of sustainably producing food to complement the 
Company's continuing investments in innovation in our core Beef, Pork, Chicken and Prepared Foods businesses. 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF SEGMENTS
We operate in four reportable segments: Beef, Pork, Chicken and Prepared Foods. International/Other primarily includes our foreign 
operations in Australia, China, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, South Korea and Thailand, third-party merger and integration costs 
and corporate overhead related to Tyson New Ventures, LLC. The contribution of each segment to net sales and operating income 
(loss), and the identifiable assets attributable to each segment, are set forth in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements, Note 18: Segment Reporting.

DESCRIPTION OF SEGMENTS
Beef
Beef includes our operations related to processing live fed cattle and fabricating dressed beef carcasses into primal and sub-primal 
meat cuts and case-ready products. Products are marketed domestically to food retailers, foodservice distributors, restaurant operators, 
hotel chains and noncommercial foodservice establishments such as schools, healthcare facilities, the military and other food 
processors, as well as to international export markets. This segment also includes sales from specialty products such as hides and 
variety meats, as well as logistics operations to move products through the supply chain. 

Pork
Pork includes our operations related to processing live market hogs and fabricating pork carcasses into primal and sub-primal cuts and 
case-ready products. Products are marketed domestically to food retailers, foodservice distributors, restaurant operators, hotel chains 
and noncommercial foodservice establishments such as schools, healthcare facilities, the military and other food processors, as well as 
to international export markets. This segment also includes our live swine group, related specialty product processing activities and 
logistics operations to move products through the supply chain. 

2

Chicken
Chicken includes our domestic operations related to raising and processing live chickens into, and purchasing raw materials for fresh, 
frozen and value-added chicken products, as well as sales from specialty products. Our value-added chicken products primarily 
include breaded chicken strips, nuggets, patties and other ready-to-fix or fully cooked chicken parts. Products are marketed 
domestically to food retailers, foodservice distributors, restaurant operators, hotel chains and noncommercial foodservice 
establishments such as schools, convenience stores, healthcare facilities, the military and other food processors, as well as to 
international export markets. This segment also includes logistics operations to move products through our domestic supply chain and 
the global operations of our chicken breeding stock subsidiary.

Prepared Foods
Prepared Foods includes our operations related to manufacturing and marketing frozen and refrigerated food products and logistics 
operations to move products through the supply chain. This segment includes brands such as Jimmy Dean®, Hillshire Farm®, Ball 
Park®, Wright®, State Fair®, as well as artisanal brands Aidells® and Gallo Salame®. Products primarily include ready-to-eat 
sandwiches, sandwich components such as flame-grilled hamburgers and Philly steaks, pepperoni, bacon, breakfast sausage, turkey, 
lunchmeat, hot dogs, flour and corn tortilla products, appetizers, snacks, prepared meals, ethnic foods, side dishes, meat dishes, 
breadsticks and processed meats. Products are marketed domestically to food retailers, foodservice distributors, restaurant operators, 
hotel chains and noncommercial foodservice establishments such as schools, convenience stores, healthcare facilities, the military and 
other food processors, as well as to international export markets.

RAW MATERIALS AND SOURCES OF SUPPLY
Beef
The primary raw materials used in our beef operations are live cattle. We do not have facilities of our own to raise cattle but employ 
cattle buyers located throughout cattle producing areas who visit independent feed yards and public auctions to buy live cattle on the 
open spot market. These buyers are trained to select high quality animals, and we continually measure their performance. We also 
enter into various risk-sharing and procurement arrangements with producers to secure a supply of livestock for our facilities. 
Although we generally expect adequate supply of live cattle in the regions we operate, there may be periods of imbalance in supply 
and demand.

Pork
The primary raw materials used in our pork operations are live hogs. The majority of our live hog supply is obtained through various 
procurement relationships with independent producers. We employ hog buyers who make purchase agreements of various time 
durations as well as purchase hogs on a daily basis, generally a few days before the animals are processed. These buyers are trained to 
select high quality animals, and we continually measure their performance. We believe the supply of live hogs is adequate for our 
present needs. Additionally, we raise a small number of weanling swine to sell to independent finishers and supply a minimal amount 
of market hogs and live swine for our own processing needs. Although we generally expect adequate supply of live hogs in the regions 
we operate, there may be periods of imbalance in supply and demand.

Chicken
The primary raw materials used in our domestic chicken operations are corn and soybean meal used as feed and live chickens raised 
primarily by independent contract farmers. Our vertically-integrated chicken process begins with the grandparent breeder flocks and 
ends with broilers for processing. Breeder flocks (i.e., grandparents) are raised to maturity in grandparent growing and laying farms 
where fertile eggs are produced. Fertile eggs are incubated at the grandparent hatchery and produce pullets (i.e., parents). Pullets are 
raised to 20 weeks of age, sent to breeder houses, and the resulting eggs are sent to our hatcheries. Once chicks have hatched, they are 
sent to broiler farms. There, contract farmers care for and raise the chicks according to our standards, with advice from our technical 
service personnel, until the broilers reach the desired processing weight. Adult chickens are transported to processing facilities where 
they are harvested and converted into finished products, which are then sent to distribution centers and delivered to customers.

We operate feed mills to produce scientifically-formulated feeds. In fiscal 2021, corn, soybean meal and other feed ingredients were 
major production costs, representing roughly 59% of our cost of growing a live chicken domestically. In addition to feed ingredients to 
grow the chickens, we use cooking ingredients, packaging materials and cryogenic agents. We believe our sources of supply for these 
materials are adequate for our present needs, and we do not anticipate any difficulty in acquiring these materials in the future. 

While we produce nearly all our inventory of breeder chickens and live broilers, we also purchase ice-packed or deboned chicken to 
meet production and sales requirements.

Prepared Foods
The primary raw materials used in our prepared foods operations are commodity-based raw materials, including beef, pork, chicken, 
turkey, flour, vegetables, cheese, eggs, seasonings and other cooking ingredients. Some of these raw materials are provided by our 
other segments, while others may be purchased from numerous suppliers and manufacturers. We believe the sources of supply of raw 
materials are adequate for our present needs.

3

SEASONAL DEMAND
Demand for beef, chicken and certain prepared foods products, such as hot dogs and smoked sausage, generally increases during the 
spring and summer months and generally decreases during the winter months. Pork and certain other prepared foods products, such as 
prepared meals, meat dishes, appetizers and breakfast sausage, generally experience increased demand during the winter months, 
primarily due to the holiday season, while demand generally decreases during the spring and summer months. 

CUSTOMERS
Walmart Inc. accounted for 18.3% of our fiscal 2021 consolidated sales. Sales to Walmart Inc. were included in all of our segments. 
Any extended discontinuance of sales to this customer could, if not replaced, have a material impact on our operations. No other single 
customer or customer group represented more than 10% of fiscal 2021 consolidated sales.

COMPETITION
Our food products compete with those of other food producers and processors and certain prepared food manufacturers. Additionally, 
our food products compete in markets around the world. We seek to achieve a leading market position for our products via our 
principal marketing and competitive strategy, which includes:

•
•
•

identifying target markets for value-added products;
concentrating production, sales and marketing efforts to appeal to and enhance demand from those markets; and
utilizing our national distribution systems and customer support services.

Past efforts indicate customer demand can be increased and sustained through application of our marketing strategy, as supported by 
our distribution systems. The principal competitive elements are price, product safety and quality, brand identification, innovation, 
breadth and depth of product offerings, availability of products, customer service and credit terms.

FOREIGN OPERATIONS
We sold products in approximately 140 countries in fiscal 2021. Major sales markets include Australia, Canada, Central America, 
Chile, China, the European Union, the United Kingdom, Japan, Mexico, Malaysia, the Middle East, South Korea, Taiwan and 
Thailand. We have the following foreign operations:

•

•

•

•

•

•
•

Cobb-Vantress, a chicken breeding stock subsidiary, has business interests in Argentina, Brazil, China, Colombia, the 
Dominican Republic, India, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Peru, the Philippines, Spain, Turkey, and the United Kingdom.
Tyson Asia-Pacific, consists of vertically-integrated chicken production operations in Thailand, multi-protein further-
processing operations in Malaysia, a beef production operation in Australia, and joint venture interests in two non-
consolidated poultry businesses in Malaysia.
Tyson China-Korea, with locations in China and South Korea, consists of vertically-integrated chicken production operations, 
multi-protein further-processing operations, and a joint venture interest in a non-consolidated chicken processing business. 
Tyson China also sells beef, pork, and prepared foods products imported from Tyson production facilities in the United States 
and other global operations.
Tyson Europe, sells chicken products throughout the United Kingdom and Europe produced from our other global operations 
and co-packer arrangements, and has a chicken further processing operation in the Netherlands.
Vibra Agroindustrial S.A., a joint venture in Brazil in which we have a minority interest, is a vertically-integrated chicken 
processing business.
Godrej Tyson Foods, a joint venture in India in which we have a minority interest, is primarily a chicken processing business.
Tyson Mexico Trading Company, a Mexican subsidiary, sells chicken products primarily from our U.S. operations and co-
packer arrangements.

We continue to evaluate growth opportunities in foreign locations. Additional information regarding export sales and long-lived assets 
located in foreign locations is set forth in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 18: Segment Reporting.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
We conduct continuous research and development activities to improve product development, to automate manual processes in our 
processing facilities and grow-out operations, and to improve chicken breeding stock. With regards to our domestic food products we 
have two primary research and development locations, our Discovery Center in Springdale, Arkansas, and an Innovation Center 
located in Downers Grove, Illinois. The centers include more than 80,000 square feet of United States Department of Agriculture 
(“USDA”) pilot plant space, two consumer sensory and focus group areas, two packaging labs and 25 research kitchens. The centers 
enable us to bring new market-leading retail and foodservice products to the customer quickly and efficiently. Additionally, we have a 
Manufacturing Automation Center in Springdale, Arkansas, designed to grow the development of new manufacturing solutions and to 
enhance team member training on new technology. Further, we have research and development capabilities located in several 
international locations where we operate.

4

ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION AND FOOD SAFETY
Environmental Regulation
Our facilities for processing beef, pork, chicken, turkey and prepared foods, milling feed and housing live chickens and swine are 
subject to a variety of international, federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, which include provisions relating to 
the discharge of materials into the environment and generally provide for protection of the environment. 

We believe we are in substantial compliance with such applicable laws and regulations and are not aware of any violations of such 
laws and regulations likely to result in material penalties or material increases in compliance costs. The cost of compliance with such 
laws and regulations has not had a material adverse effect on our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position, and except as 
described below, is not anticipated to have a material adverse effect in the future.

Food Safety
We work to ensure our products meet high standards of food safety and quality. In addition to our own internal Food Safety and 
Quality Assurance oversight and review, our beef, pork, chicken, and prepared foods products are subject to inspection, primarily by 
the USDA and the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”). We also participate in the USDA's Hazard Analysis and 
Critical Control Points (“HACCP”) program or FDA's Hazard Analysis and Risk-Based Prevention Controls (“HARPC”) program as 
applicable and are subject to the Sanitation Standard Operating Procedures and the Public Health Security and Bioterrorism 
Preparedness and Response Act of 2002. Additionally, our foreign operations are subject to various other food safety and quality 
assurance oversight and review.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions
Congress, the United States Environmental Protection Agency, some states and non-U.S. governments continue to consider various 
options to control greenhouse gas emissions. It is unclear at this time what options, if any, will be finalized, and whether such options 
would have a direct impact on the Company. Although we have not incurred significant costs or capital expenditures, due to 
continuing uncertainty surrounding this issue it is premature to speculate on the specific nature of impacts that imposition of 
greenhouse gas emission controls would have on us and whether such impacts would have a material adverse effect. 

Tyson closely monitors developments in this area, and voluntarily sets goals to reduce greenhouse gas emissions in accordance with 
the Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi) criteria. We continue to evaluate the plans and associated costs of achieving our 
greenhouse gas emission reduction goals.

Sustainability
We have aligned our business priorities with our sustainability strategy by empowering people, conserving natural resources and 
innovating smart, responsible agriculture. We strive to empower people by being a transparent people-first business that values 
inclusion and equal opportunity, investing in communities, fighting hunger and empowering our team. We aim to conserve natural 
resources by conserving water, reducing greenhouse gas emissions, minimizing manufacturing and food waste and designing and 
using packaging that is reusable, recyclable or compostable. Additionally, we undertake efforts to innovate smart, responsible 
agriculture by cultivating a food system that prioritizes sustainable agriculture in our global supply chain through land stewardship, 
animal welfare, education, transparency and traceability.

We have also partnered with World Resources Institute to assess water risk and develop a water stewardship strategy, completed 
construction of Tyson Foods Center for Sustainable Broiler Research, announced our global forest protection standard following 
deforestation risk assessment and achieved a 7.7% reduction in water use against a 2015 baseline year. Additionally, we established 
sustainability governance and oversight through the Governance and Nominating Committee of our Board of Directors. This 
Committee advises the Board on matters relating to corporate responsibility and sustainability, including environmental, social and 
governance matters affecting the Company. It also oversees the Company’s key programs and oversees and reviews, at least annually, 
the Company’s integration of sustainability principles into our business strategy and decision making.

HUMAN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
Employees and Labor Relations
As of October 2, 2021, we employed approximately 137,000 team members. Approximately 120,000 team members were employed in 
the United States, of whom approximately 114,000 were employed at production facilities, and approximately 17,000 team members 
were employed in other countries, primarily in Thailand and China. For fiscal 2021, our domestic workforce experienced a 3% 
decrease in retention rate from fiscal 2020. Approximately 33,000 team members in the United States were subject to collective 
bargaining agreements with various labor unions, with approximately 8% of those team members at locations either under negotiation 
for contract renewal or included under agreements expiring in fiscal 2022. The remaining agreements expire over the next several 
years. Approximately 5,000 team members in other countries were subject to collective bargaining agreements. We believe our overall 
relations with our workforce are good.

5

Health and Safety
We maintain a safety culture grounded on the premise of eliminating workplace incidents, risks and hazards. We created and 
implemented processes to help eliminate safety events by reducing their frequency and severity. We also review and monitor our 
safety performance closely. Our goal is to reduce Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) recordable incidents by 
10% year over year. During fiscal 2021, our recordable incident rate declined 1% compared to fiscal 2020. As an expansion of our We 
Care workplace safety program and continued efforts to boost the overall health and wellness of our workforce, we continue to pilot 
health clinics near our production facilities, giving team members and their families easier access to high-quality healthcare. In 
response to the global novel coronavirus pandemic (“COVID-19” or “pandemic”) and its related variants, we implemented and 
continue to implement various safety measures in all of our facilities. To protect our team members, their families and our 
communities, we require our team members in the U.S. to be fully vaccinated against COVID-19. We also expanded our medical team 
with the addition of a Chief Medical Officer position and created over 200 nurse and administrative support staff positions to assist our 
efforts to protect frontline team members during the COVID-19 pandemic while also enhancing our culture of health, safety and 
wellness. In addition, we partnered with third-party experts to assist in our efforts to educate our U.S. team members about COVID-19 
vaccines, provide our U.S. team members, their families and members of their household access to COVID-19 vaccines and case 
assessment of team members and their families affected by the pandemic.

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion
We embrace the diversity of our team members, customers, stakeholders and consumers, including their unique backgrounds, 
experiences, perspectives and talents. Everyone is valued and appreciated for their distinct contributions to the growth and 
sustainability of our business. We strive to cultivate a culture and vision that supports diversity, equity and inclusion in our community 
and enhances our ability to recruit, develop and retain diverse talent at every level. In fiscal 2021, we appointed our first Chief Equity, 
Inclusion and Diversity Officer and established a company-wide Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Council. We worked to build a highly 
engaged team by improving the recruitment, retention and advancement of diverse team members year over year. In fiscal 2021, we 
reorganized our Business Resource Groups (or “BRGs”) and added three new BRGs: African Ancestry Alliance, Asians & Allies and 
LatinX. In fiscal 2021, to support organizations working to combat racial hate crimes and protect the civil and human rights of Asian 
American and Pacific Islanders, we committed to awarding a series of grants to several national non-profit organizations, including 
Asian Americans Advancing Justice, Asian Americans Advancing Justice–Chicago and the National Association of Asian American 
Professionals.

Consistent with our commitment to diversity, we implemented a goal to have at least 80% of our candidate slates for domestic team 
member positions at the director level and above be diverse. In fiscal 2021, we exceeded our goal, with approximately 92% of our 
candidate slates for such domestic positions diverse as of October 2, 2021. As of October 2, 2021, our domestic workforce identified 
as approximately 39% gender diverse, approximately 32% white, approximately 28% Hispanic or LatinX, approximately 25% Black 
or African American, and approximately 10% Asian American and Pacific Islander. In addition, as of October 2, 2021, approximately 
31% of our domestic team members in management roles identified as women and approximately 30% identified as ethnically diverse. 

Talent and Development
Our talent strategy is focused on attracting the best talent, recognizing and rewarding their performance, while continually developing, 
engaging and retaining them. We focus on the team member experience, removing barriers to engagement, further modernizing the 
human relations process, focusing on hourly team member retention and continually improving equity and effectiveness of all talent 
practices. Consistent with this focus, in fiscal 2021, we conducted our first-ever worldwide engagement survey that included frontline 
team members for the purpose of evaluating our internal performance and how we compared to other companies in various areas. In 
addition, through our Upward Academy Program, we offer English as a second language, financial literacy and digital literacy training 
to all team members. As of October 2, 2021, the program is operating at 44 Company locations. To complement Upward Academy, 
we have also launched Upward Pathways, a frontline career development program that helps team members further hone professional 
skills and creates opportunities for our team members to advance to higher-paying, more senior-level positions within the Company 
through job skills training and workforce certifications at no cost. We have a goal to be the employer of choice within our markets and 
peer groups and strive to grow and develop the different capabilities and skills that we need for the future, while maintaining a robust 
pipeline of talent throughout the organization.

MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION
Our principal marketing objective is to be the preferred provider of beef, pork, chicken and prepared foods products for our customers 
and consumers. We build the Tyson®, Jimmy Dean®, Hillshire Farm®, Ball Park®, Wright®, Aidells®, ibp® and State Fair® brands 
while supporting strong regional and emerging brands primarily through distinctive brand and product advertising, promotion, and 
public relations efforts focused toward key consumer targets with specific needs. We identify growth and business opportunities 
through consumer and customer insights derived via leading research and analytic capabilities. We utilize our national distribution 
system and customer support services to achieve the leading market position for our products and brands.

6

We have the ability to produce and ship fresh, frozen and refrigerated products worldwide. Domestically, our distribution system 
extends to a broad network of food distributors and is supported by our owned or leased cold storage warehouses, public cold storage 
facilities and our transportation system. Our distribution centers accumulate fresh and frozen products so we can fill and consolidate 
partial-truckload orders into full truckloads, thereby decreasing shipping costs while increasing customer service. In addition, we 
provide our customers a wide selection of products that do not require large volume orders. Our distribution system enables us to 
supply large or small quantities of products to meet customer requirements anywhere in the continental United States. Internationally, 
we utilize both rail and truck refrigerated transportation to domestic ports, where consolidations take place to transport to foreign 
destinations.

PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS
We have filed a number of patent applications relating to our processes and products that either have been granted or are in the process 
of review. Because we do a significant amount of brand name and product line advertising to promote our products, we consider the 
protection of our trademarks to be important to our marketing efforts and have registered and applied for the registration of a number 
of trademarks. We also have developed non-public proprietary information regarding our production processes and other product-
related matters. We utilize internal procedures and safeguards to protect the confidentiality of such information and, where 
appropriate, seek patent and/or other protection for the technology we utilize.

INDUSTRY PRACTICES
Our agreements with customers are generally short-term, primarily due to the nature of our products, industry practices and 
fluctuations in supply, demand and price for such products. In certain instances where we are selling further processed products to 
large customers, we may enter into written agreements whereby we will act as the exclusive or preferred supplier to the customer, with 
pricing terms that are either fixed or variable.

AVAILABILITY OF SEC FILINGS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE DOCUMENTS ON INTERNET WEBSITE
We maintain an internet website for investors at http://ir.tyson.com. On this website, we make available, free of charge, annual reports 
on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, iXBRL (inline eXtensible Business Reporting 
Language) reports, and all amendments to any of those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such 
reports with, or furnish such reports to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. Also available on the website to review and print for 
investors are the Corporate Governance Principles, Audit Committee charter, Compensation and Leadership Development Committee 
charter, Governance and Nominating Committee charter, Strategy and Acquisitions Committee charter, Code of Conduct and 
Whistleblower Policy, and other corporate governance policies. 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS RELEVANT TO FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION FOR THE PURPOSE OF 
“SAFE HARBOR” PROVISIONS OF THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995
Certain information in this report constitutes forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited 
to, current views and estimates of our outlook for fiscal 2022, other future economic circumstances, industry conditions in domestic 
and international markets, our performance and financial results (e.g., debt levels, return on invested capital, value-added product 
growth, capital expenditures, tax rates, access to foreign markets and dividend policy). These forward-looking statements are subject 
to a number of factors and uncertainties that could cause our actual results and experiences to differ materially from anticipated results 
and expectations expressed in such forward-looking statements. We wish to caution readers not to place undue reliance on any 
forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking 
statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. 

7

Among the factors that may cause actual results and experiences to differ from anticipated results and expectations expressed in such 
forward-looking statements are the following: (i) the COVID-19 global pandemic and associated responses thereto have had an 
adverse impact on our business and operations, and the extent that the COVID-19 pandemic continues to impact us will depend on 
future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, including the scope, severity and duration 
of the pandemic, and public adoption rates of COVID-19 vaccines and their effectiveness against variants of COVID-19, including the 
Delta variant; (ii) the effectiveness of our financial excellence programs; (iii) access to foreign markets together with foreign economic 
conditions, including currency fluctuations, import/export restrictions and foreign politics; (iv) cyber incidents, security breaches or 
other disruptions of our information technology systems; (v) risks associated with our failure to consummate favorable acquisition 
transactions or integrate certain acquisitions' operations; (vi) the Tyson Limited Partnership’s ability to exercise significant control 
over the Company; (vii) fluctuations in the cost and availability of inputs and raw materials, such as live cattle, live swine, feed grains 
(including corn and soybean meal) and energy; (viii) market conditions for finished products, including competition from other global 
and domestic food processors, supply and pricing of competing products and alternative proteins and demand for alternative proteins; 
(ix) outbreak of a livestock disease (such as African swine fever (ASF), avian influenza (AI) or bovine spongiform encephalopathy 
(BSE)), which could have an adverse effect on livestock we own, the availability of livestock we purchase, consumer perception of 
certain protein products or our ability to access certain domestic and foreign markets; (x) changes in consumer preference and diets 
and our ability to identify and react to consumer trends; (xi) effectiveness of advertising and marketing programs; (xii) significant 
marketing plan changes by large customers or loss of one or more large customers; (xiii) our ability to leverage brand value 
propositions; (xiv) changes in availability and relative costs of labor and contract farmers and our ability to maintain good 
relationships with team members, labor unions, contract farmers and independent producers providing us livestock; (xv) issues related 
to food safety, including costs resulting from product recalls, regulatory compliance and any related claims or litigation; (xvi) 
compliance with and changes to regulations and laws (both domestic and foreign), including changes in accounting standards, tax 
laws, environmental laws, agricultural laws and occupational, health and safety laws; (xvii) adverse results from litigation; (xviii) risks 
associated with leverage, including cost increases due to rising interest rates or changes in debt ratings or outlook; (xix) impairment in 
the carrying value of our goodwill or indefinite life intangible assets; (xx) our participation in a multiemployer pension plan; (xxi) 
volatility in capital markets or interest rates; (xxii) risks associated with our commodity purchasing activities; (xxiii) the effect of, or 
changes in, general economic conditions; (xxiv) impacts on our operations caused by factors and forces beyond our control, such as 
natural disasters, fire, bioterrorism, pandemics or extreme weather; (xxv) failure to maximize or assert our intellectual property rights; 
(xxvi) effects related to changes in tax rates, valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, or tax laws and their interpretation; (xxvii) 
the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, including identification of material weaknesses; and (xxviii) those 
factors listed under Item 1A. Risk Factors.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

These risks, which should be considered carefully with the information provided elsewhere in this report, could materially adversely 
affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we 
currently deem to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

BUSINESS & OPERATIONAL RISK FACTORS

The outbreak of the COVID-19 global pandemic and associated responses has had, and is expected to continue to have, an 
adverse impact on our business and operations.
The COVID-19 pandemic has negatively affected many parts of our business and operations. The extent that the COVID-19 pandemic 
continues to impact general economic conditions and our business, operations and results of operations will depend on future 
developments, which are highly uncertain and are difficult to predict, including, but not limited to, the duration and spread of the 
outbreak and additional variants, its severity, the actions to contain the virus or treat its impact, including the distribution and efficacy 
of vaccines and the speed of critical mass adoption of available vaccines, and how quickly and to what extent normal economic and 
operating conditions can resume. 

We have experienced, and may experience in the future, slowdowns and temporary idling of certain of our production facilities due to 
a number of COVID-19 related factors, including implementing additional safety measures, testing of our team members, team 
member absenteeism, and governmental orders. During fiscal 2021, we experienced slowdowns at our production facilities. We 
anticipate we may experience additional volatility in our ability to operate our facilities at full utilization rates, depending on the 
factors detailed above. The idling and slowdowns impacted our results of operations for fiscal 2021, and additional or prolonged idling 
of facilities or an extended period of operating at a reduced capacity or more significant reductions in our operations at our facilities 
could have a material adverse impact on our ability to operate our business and on our results of operations. 

8

We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, an increase in operating costs in connection with higher costs associated 
with ensuring the continued health and safety of team members including regular temperature checks, providing additional personal 
protective equipment and deep cleaning facilities. During fiscal 2021, we incurred direct incremental expenses related to COVID-19 
totaling approximately $335 million, which primarily included team member costs associated with worker health and availability, 
including direct costs for personal protection equipment, production facility sanitization, COVID-19 testing and vaccinations, 
donations, product downgrades, rendered product and certain professional fees, partially offset by The Coronavirus Aid, Relief and 
Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) credits. There can be no assurance that the health and safety measures we have taken 
(which include adding temperature and symptom screening stations for employees prior to entering our facilities, increasing physical 
distancing of our employees and requiring the vaccination of team members) will eradicate the risks associated with working in a 
critical infrastructure industry, including but not limited to, infection of our employees or the temporary closure of a facility. Further, 
there can be no assurance that we will not incur additional direct incremental expenses related to COVID-19 going forward, and that 
such amounts will not be material or have a material impact on our business, cash flows or results of operations.

Workforce limitations and travel restrictions resulting from COVID-19 and related government actions adversely impacted, and may 
continue to adversely impact, many aspects of our business. A number of our team members at various facilities have tested positive 
for COVID-19. These team members, and in some cases those working in close contact with diagnosed persons, are required to be 
quarantined, which has led to a decrease in our available workforce in various locations. The decrease in our available workforce has 
at times adversely impacted our ability to operate our business effectively. If a significant percentage of our workforce is unable to 
work, including because of illness, travel or government restrictions in connection with COVID-19, this could have an adverse effect 
on our operations and results of operations. In addition, certain of our team members who claim to have tested positive for COVID-19, 
or their family members, have filed lawsuits seeking compensatory and punitive damages for wrongful death and personal injury 
claims in several states. We expect additional team members or family members of team members may assert similar claims as the 
COVID-19 pandemic continues. If we are unsuccessful in defending against such claims, we may experience significant losses and 
expenses in connection with these lawsuits, which could adversely affect our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.

We have also experienced, and expect to continue to experience, disruption and volatility in our supply chain, which has resulted, and 
may continue to result, in increased costs for certain raw materials, packaging materials and transportation costs. The spread of 
COVID-19 has also disrupted and may continue to disrupt logistics necessary to import, export and deliver products to us and our 
customers. Ports and other channels of entry have been closed or operating at only a portion of capacity and means of transporting 
products within regions or countries may be limited for the same reason. Other supply chain risks associated with the COVID-19 
pandemic include but are not limited to shutdowns or reduced operations at our suppliers’ facilities, the continued inability of some of 
our contract producers to manage their livestock, supply chain disruptions for feed grains, changes in consumer orders due to shifting 
consumer patterns, changes in livestock and protein market prices, and additional disruptions in logistics or the distribution chain for 
our products ,the occurrence of any of which may result in a reduction in our fill rates to our customers. In addition, our operations, or 
those of independent contract poultry producers and producers who provide the live animals to our production operations, may 
become more limited in their ability to procure, deliver, or produce our food products because of transport restrictions related to 
quarantines or travel bans and the closure of certain of our production facilities.

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, each of our segments experienced a shift in demand from foodservice to retail during 2020. 
While each of our segments has subsequently experienced varying levels of foodservice recovery and the return of volumes during 
fiscal 2021, the long-term impact of COVID-19 remains uncertain and will depend on a number of future developments which are 
uncertain and cannot be predicted at this time. In addition, in the event of a protracted period of economic downturn, demand for our 
foodservice products may remain below expectations or decrease further, and demand for our retail consumption products may also 
decrease, which could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.

Governmental authorities at the federal, state and local levels may increase or impose new or stricter social distancing directives, stay-
at-home restrictions, travel bans, quarantines, workforce and workplace restrictions or other measures related to COVID-19 variants 
and resurgences, including any variants such as the Delta variant. Such actions could cause us to continue to incur additional costs.

We also face other risks associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, including:

•
•

•

•

•

additional increase in input cost may not be adequately captured through pricing;
an increase in consumer demand in our retail channel, such as grocery stores, club stores and value stores, which has and may 
continue to strain our supply chain;
an increase in working capital needs and/or an increase in trade accounts receivable write-offs (and associated reserves) as a 
result of increased financial pressures on our suppliers or customers who are not able to pay in a timely manner or at all;
adverse changes to the global economy may subject us to risk of material intangible and long-lived asset impairments, 
adjustments for inventory and market volatility for items subject to fair value measurements such as derivatives and 
investments;
an inability to effectively implement our marketing and advertising activities to reflect changing consumer shopping habits 
due to, among other things, reduced in-person shopping and travel restrictions;

9

•

•

a shift in consumer spending as a result of an economic downturn, which could result in consumers moving to private label or 
lower price products; and
litigation.

The severity and duration of the current COVID-19 pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities and other third parties in 
response are unknown and are impossible to predict with certainty. Any of these disruptions could adversely impact our business and 
results of operations.

We may not realize any or all of the anticipated benefits of our financial excellence programs, which may prove to be more 
difficult, costly, or time consuming than expected.
In the first quarter of fiscal 2020, the Company approved a restructuring program (the “2020 Program”), which is expected to 
contribute to the Company's overall strategy of financial fitness through the elimination of overhead and consolidation of certain 
enterprise functions. For more information regarding this program, refer to Part II, Item 8. Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements, Note 7: Restructuring and Related Charges. Beginning in fiscal 2022, we are launching a new productivity program, 
which is designed to drive a better, faster and more agile organization that is supported by a culture of continuous improvement and 
faster decision making.

The success of the financial excellence programs, or future financial excellence programs, including the realization of the anticipated 
benefits, will depend in part on our ability to successfully implement the programs in an efficient and effective manner. The 
implementation of the financial excellence programs may be more difficult, costly, or time consuming than expected, and the financial 
excellence programs may not result in any or all of the anticipated benefits. If we are unable to implement the financial excellence 
programs smoothly or successfully, or we otherwise do not capture the anticipated savings, our business, results of operations and 
financial condition for future periods could be negatively impacted.

In addition, we may incur higher costs associated with reductions in overhead than anticipated, and the reduction in overhead could 
result in performance shortfalls. The financial excellence programs may become a distraction for our organization and may disrupt our 
ongoing business operations; cause deterioration in team member morale; disrupt or weaken the internal control structures of the 
affected business operations; and result in negative publicity which could affect our corporate reputation. If we are unable to 
successfully manage the negative consequences of the financial excellence programs, our business, results of operations and financial 
condition for future periods could be adversely affected.

We are subject to risks associated with our international activities, which could negatively affect our sales to customers in 
foreign locations, as well as our operations and assets in such locations.
In fiscal 2021, we sold products to customers in approximately 140 countries. Major sales markets include Australia, Canada, Central 
America, Chile, China, the European Union, the United Kingdom, Japan, Mexico, Malaysia, the Middle East, South Korea, Taiwan 
and Thailand. Our sales to customers in foreign countries for fiscal 2021 totaled $7.0 billion of which $4.9 billion related to export 
sales from the United States. In addition, we had approximately $1,369 million of long-lived assets located in foreign locations, 
primarily Brazil, China, the European Union, New Zealand and Thailand, at the end of fiscal 2021.

As a result, we are subject to various risks and uncertainties relating to international sales and operations, including:

•

•

•

•
•

•
•

•
•

the ongoing impact of COVID-19, including any resurgence and variants such as the Delta variant, on the global economy 
and on consumer demand worldwide; imposition of tariffs, quotas, trade barriers and other trade protection measures imposed 
by foreign countries regarding the importation of beef, pork, poultry and prepared foods products, in addition to import or 
export licensing requirements imposed by various foreign countries;
closing of borders by foreign countries to the import of beef, pork and poultry products due to animal disease or other 
perceived health or safety issues;
impact of currency exchange rate fluctuations between the United States dollar and foreign currencies, particularly the 
Brazilian real, the British pound sterling, the Canadian dollar, the Chinese renminbi, the European euro, the Japanese yen, the 
Thai baht, the Malaysian ringgit and the Mexican peso;
political and economic conditions;
difficulties and costs to comply with, and enforcement of remedies under, a wide variety of complex domestic and 
international laws, treaties and regulations, including, without limitation, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and 
economic and trade sanctions enforced by the United States Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control;
different regulatory structures and unexpected changes in regulatory environments;
tax rates that may exceed those in the United States and earnings that may be subject to withholding requirements and 
incremental taxes upon repatriation;
potentially negative consequences from changes in tax laws; and
distribution costs, disruptions in shipping or reduced availability of freight transportation.

Negative consequences relating to these risks and uncertainties could jeopardize or limit our ability to transact business in one or more 
of those markets where we operate or in other developing markets and could adversely affect our financial results.

10

Our business and reputation could suffer if we are unable to protect our information technology systems against, or effectively 
respond to, cyber-attacks, other cyber incidents or security breaches or if our information technology systems are otherwise 
disrupted.
Information technology is an important part of our business operations and we rely on information technology systems to manage 
business data and increase efficiencies in our production and distribution facilities and inventory management processes. We also use 
information technology to process financial information and results of operations for internal reporting purposes and to comply with 
regulatory, legal and tax requirements. In addition, we depend on information technology for digital marketing and electronic 
communications between our facilities, personnel, customers and suppliers. Like other companies, our information technology systems 
may be vulnerable to a variety of disruptions, including but not limited to the process of upgrading or replacing software, databases or 
components thereof, user errors, natural disasters, terrorist attacks, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, cyber-attacks, 
hackers, unauthorized access attempts and other security issues. In addition, such incidents could result in unauthorized or accidental 
disclosure of material confidential information or regulated individual personal data. Attempted cyber-attacks and other cyber 
incidents are occurring more frequently, are constantly evolving in nature, are becoming more sophisticated and are being made by 
groups and individuals with a wide range of motives and expertise.

Although we have in the past experienced, and may in the future face, cyber attacks, other cyber incidents or security breaches, we 
have not experienced anything significant in the current year. We have implemented and continue to evaluate security initiatives and 
disaster recovery plans to mitigate our exposure to these risks, but these measures may not be adequate. Any significant failure of our 
systems, including failures that prevent our systems from functioning as intended or our failure to timely identify or appropriately 
respond to cyber-attacks or other cyber incidents, could cause transaction errors, processing inefficiencies, loss of customers and sales, 
have negative consequences on our team members and our business partners, have a negative impact on our operations or business 
reputation and expose us to liability, litigation and regulatory enforcement actions. In addition, we may suffer financial and 
reputational damage or penalties because of the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information belonging to us or to our business 
partners, customers, consumers or suppliers. Finally, the disclosure of non-public information through external media channels could 
lead to the loss of intellectual property or damage our reputation and brand image. Similar risks exist with respect to the third-party 
vendors that we rely upon for aspects of our information technology support services and administrative functions, including health 
and benefit plan administration and certain finance and accounting functions, and systems managed, hosted, provided and/or used by 
third parties and their vendors. 

We may not be able to successfully consummate favorable strategic acquisitions or divestitures or successfully integrate 
acquired businesses.
We periodically evaluate potential acquisitions, joint ventures and other initiatives, and may seek to expand our business through the 
acquisition of companies, processing plants, technologies, products and services. Acquisitions and joint ventures involve financial and 
operational risks and uncertainties, including:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

challenges in realizing the anticipated benefits of the transaction;
difficulty integrating acquired businesses, technologies, operations and personnel with our existing business;
diversion of management attention in connection with negotiating transactions and integrating the businesses acquired;
difficulty identifying suitable candidates; 
consummating a transaction on terms that are favorable to us;
challenges in retaining the acquired businesses' customers and key team members;
inability to implement and maintain consistent standards, controls, procedures and information systems;
exposure to unforeseen or undisclosed liabilities of acquired companies; and
the availability and terms of additional debt or equity financing for any transaction.

We may not be able to address these risks and successfully develop these acquired companies or businesses into profitable units. If we 
are unable to do this, such expansion could adversely affect our financial results. Additionally, from time to time, we may divest 
businesses that do not meet our strategic objectives or do not meet our growth or profitability targets. We may not be able to complete 
desired or proposed divestitures on terms favorable to us. Gains or losses on the sales of, or lost operating income from, those 
businesses may affect our profitability and margins. Moreover, we may incur asset impairment charges related to divestitures that 
reduce our profitability. Our divestiture activities may present financial, managerial and operational risks. Those risks include 
diversion of management attention from existing businesses, difficulties separating personnel and financial and other systems, possible 
need for providing transition services to buyers, adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers and 
indemnities and potential disputes with the buyers. Any of these factors could adversely affect our product sales, financial condition 
and results of operations.

11

Tyson Limited Partnership can exercise significant control.
As of October 2, 2021, Tyson Limited Partnership (the “TLP”) owns 99.985% of the outstanding shares of the Company's Class B 
Common Stock, $0.10 par value (“Class B stock”) and the TLP and members of the Tyson family own, in the aggregate, 2.28% of the 
outstanding shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock, $0.10 par value (“Class A stock”), giving them, collectively, control of 
approximately 71.04% of the total voting power of the Company's outstanding voting stock. At this time, the TLP does not have a 
managing general partner, as such, the management rights of the managing general partner may be exercised by a majority of the 
percentage interests of the general partners. As of October 2, 2021, Mr. John Tyson, Chairman of the Board of Directors, has 33.33% 
of the general partner percentage interests, and Ms. Barbara Tyson, a director of the Company, has 11.115% general partner 
percentage interests (the remaining general partnership interests are held by the Donald J. Tyson Revocable Trust (44.44%) and Harry 
C. Erwin, III (11.115%)). As a result of these holdings, positions and directorships, the partners in the TLP have the ability to exert 
substantial influence or actual control over our management and affairs and over substantially all matters requiring action by our 
stockholders, including amendments to our restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws, the election and removal of directors, any 
proposed merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets and other corporate transactions. This concentration of 
ownership may also delay or prevent a change in control otherwise favored by our other stockholders and could depress our stock 
price. Additionally, as a result of the TLP's significant ownership of our outstanding voting stock, we are eligible for “controlled 
company” exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

INDUSTRY RISK FACTORS
Fluctuations in commodity prices and in the availability of raw materials, especially feed grains, live cattle, live swine and 
other inputs could negatively impact our earnings.
Our results of operations and financial condition, as well as the selling prices for our products, are dependent upon the cost and supply 
of commodities and raw materials such as beef, pork, poultry, corn, soybean meal, packaging materials and energy and, to a lesser 
extent, cheese, fruit, seasoning blends, flour, corn syrup, corn oils, butter and sugar. Corn, soybean meal and other feed ingredients, 
for instance, represented roughly 59% of our cost of growing a live chicken in fiscal 2021.

Production and pricing of these commodities are determined by constantly changing market forces of supply and demand over which 
we have limited or no control. Such factors include, among other things, weather patterns throughout the world, outbreaks of disease, 
the global level of supply inventories and demand for grains and other feed ingredients, as well as agricultural and energy policies of 
domestic and foreign governments.

Volatility in our commodity and raw material costs directly impact our gross margin and profitability. The Company’s objective is to 
offset commodity price increases with pricing actions over time. However, we may not be able to increase our product prices enough 
to sufficiently offset increased raw material costs due to consumer price sensitivity or the pricing postures of our competitors. In 
addition, if we increase prices to offset higher costs, we could experience lower demand for our products and sales volumes. 
Conversely, decreases in our commodity and other input costs may create pressure on us to decrease our prices. While we use 
derivative financial instruments, primarily futures and options, to reduce the effect of changing prices and as a mechanism to procure 
the underlying commodity, we do not fully hedge against changes in commodities prices.

Over time, if we are unable to price our products to cover increased costs, to offset operating cost increases with continuous 
improvement savings or are not successful in our commodity hedging program, then commodity and raw material price volatility or 
increases could materially and adversely affect our profitability, financial condition and results of operations.

The prices we receive for our products may fluctuate due to competition from other food producers and processors.
The food industry in general is intensely competitive. We face competition from other food producers and processors that have various 
product ranges and geographic reach. Some of the factors on which we compete include: pricing, product safety and quality, brand 
identification, innovation, breadth and depth of product offerings, availability of our products (including distribution channels used, 
such as e-commerce) and competing products, customer service, and credit terms.

From time to time in response to these competitive pressures or to maintain market share, we may need to reduce the prices for some 
of our products or increase or reallocate spending on marketing, advertising and promotions and new product innovation. Such 
pressures also may restrict our ability to increase prices in response to raw material and other cost increases. Any reduction in prices as 
a result of competitive pressures, or any failure to increase prices to offset cost increases, could harm our profit margins. If we reduce 
prices but we cannot increase sales volumes to offset the price changes, then our financial condition and results of operations will 
suffer. Alternatively, if we do not reduce our prices and our competitors seek advantage through pricing or promotional changes, our 
revenues and market share could be adversely affected.

12

Outbreaks of livestock diseases can adversely impact our ability to conduct our operations and the supply and demand for our 
products.
Supply of and demand for our products can be adversely impacted by outbreaks of livestock diseases, which can have a significant 
impact on our financial results. Efforts are taken to control disease risks by adherence to good production practices and extensive 
precautionary measures designed to ensure the health of livestock. However, outbreaks of disease and other events, which may be 
beyond our control, either in our own livestock or livestock owned by independent producers who sell livestock to us, could 
significantly affect demand for our products, consumer perceptions of certain protein products, the availability of livestock for 
purchase by us and our ability to conduct our operations. Moreover, the outbreak of livestock diseases, particularly in our Chicken 
segment, could have a significant effect on the livestock we own by requiring us to, among other things, destroy any affected 
livestock. Furthermore, an outbreak of disease could result in governmental restrictions on the import and export of our products to or 
from our suppliers, facilities or customers. This could also result in negative publicity that may have an adverse effect on our ability to 
market our products successfully and on our financial results.

Changes in consumer preference and failure to maintain favorable consumer perception of our brands and products could 
negatively impact our business.
The food industry in general is subject to changing consumer trends, demands and preferences. Trends within the food industry change 
often, and failure to identify and react to changes in these trends could lead to, among other things, reduced demand and price 
reductions for our brands and products. We strive to respond to consumer preferences and social expectations, but we may not be 
successful in our efforts.

We could be adversely affected if consumers lose confidence in the safety and quality of certain food products or ingredients, or the 
food safety system generally. Prolonged negative perceptions concerning the health implications of certain food products or 
ingredients or loss of confidence in the food safety system generally could influence consumer preferences and acceptance of some of 
our products and marketing programs. Continued negative perceptions and failure to satisfy consumer preferences could materially 
and adversely affect our product sales, financial condition and results of operations. 

We have a number of iconic brands with significant value. Maintaining and continually enhancing the value of these brands is critical 
to the success of our business. Brand value is based in large part on consumer perceptions. Success in promoting and enhancing brand 
value depends in large part on our ability to provide high-quality products. Brand value could diminish significantly due to a number 
of factors, including consumer perception that we have acted in an irresponsible manner, adverse publicity about our products 
(whether or not valid), our failure to maintain the quality of our products, the failure of our products to deliver consistently positive 
consumer experiences or the products becoming unavailable to consumers.

Failure to continually innovate and successfully launch new products and maintain our brand image through marketing 
investment could adversely impact our operating results.
Our financial success is dependent on anticipating changes in consumer preferences, purchasing behaviors and dietary habits and 
successfully developing and launching new products and product extensions that consumers want in the channels where they shop. We 
devote significant resources to new product development and product extensions, however we may not be successful in developing 
innovative new products or our new products may not be commercially successful. To the extent we are not able to effectively gauge 
the direction of our key markets and successfully identify, develop, manufacture and market new or improved products in these 
changing markets, such as adapting to emerging e-commerce channels, our financial results and our competitive position will suffer. 
In addition, our introduction of new products or product extensions may generate litigation or other legal proceedings against us by 
competitors claiming infringement of their intellectual property or other rights, which could negatively impact our results of 
operations.

We also seek to maintain and extend the image of our brands through marketing investments, including advertising, consumer 
promotions and trade spend. Due to inherent risks in the marketplace associated with advertising, promotions and new product 
introductions, including uncertainties about trade and consumer acceptance, our marketing investments may not prove successful in 
maintaining or increasing our market share and could result in lower sales and profits. Continuing global focus on health and wellness, 
including weight management, and increasing media attention to the role of food marketing could adversely affect our brand image or 
lead to stricter regulations and greater scrutiny of food marketing practices.

Our success in maintaining, extending and expanding our brand image also depends on our ability to adapt to a rapidly changing 
media environment, including our increasing reliance on social media and online dissemination of advertising campaigns. The 
growing use of social and digital media increases the speed and extent that information or misinformation and opinions can be shared. 
Negative posts or comments about us, our brands or our products on social or digital media could seriously damage our reputation and 
brand image. 

We are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions on how and to whom we market our products, for instance marketing to 
children, which may limit our ability to maintain or extend our brand image. If we do not maintain or extend our brand image, then our 
product sales, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

13

The loss of one or more of our largest customers could negatively impact our business.
Our business could suffer significant setbacks in sales and operating income if our customers’ plans and/or markets change 
significantly or if we lost one or more of our largest customers, including, for example, Walmart Inc., which accounted for 18.3% of 
our sales in fiscal 2021. Our retail customers typically do not enter into written contracts, and if they do sign contracts, they generally 
are limited in scope and duration. There can be no assurance that significant customers will continue to purchase our products in the 
same mix or quantities or on the same terms as in the past. Alternative retail channels, such as convenience stores, dollar stores, drug 
stores, club stores and Internet-based retailers have increased their market share. 

This trend towards alternative channels is expected to continue in the future. If we are not successful in expanding sales in alternative 
retail channels, our business or financial results may be adversely impacted. Many of our customers, such as supermarkets, warehouse 
clubs and food distributors, have consolidated in recent years, and consolidation is expected to continue throughout the United States 
and in other major markets. These consolidations have produced large, sophisticated customers with increased buying power who are 
more capable of operating with reduced inventories, opposing price increases, and demanding lower pricing, increased promotional 
programs and specifically tailored products. These customers also may use shelf space currently used for our products for their own 
private label products. Because of these trends, our volume growth could slow or we may need to lower prices or increase promotional 
spending for our products. The loss of a significant customer or a material reduction in sales to, or adverse change to trade terms with, 
a significant customer could materially and adversely affect our product sales, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to leverage our brand value propositions to compete against private label products, especially during economic 
downturn, may adversely affect our profitability.
In many product categories, we compete not only with other widely advertised branded products, but also with private label products 
that generally are sold at lower prices. Consumers are more likely to purchase our products if they believe that our products provide a 
higher quality and greater value than less expensive alternatives. If the difference in quality between our brands and private label 
products narrows, or if there is a perception of such a narrowing, consumers may choose not to buy our products at prices that are 
profitable for us. In addition, in periods of economic uncertainty, consumers tend to purchase more lower-priced private label or other 
economy brands. To the extent this occurs, we could experience a reduction in the sales volume of our higher margin products or a 
shift in our product mix to lower margin offerings. In addition, in times of economic uncertainty, consumers reduce the amount of 
food that they consume away from home at our foodservice customers, which in turn reduces our product sales.

LABOR & EMPLOYMENT RISK FACTORS
Labor shortages and increased turnover or increases in employee and employee-related costs could have adverse effects on our 
profitability.
We have recently experienced increased labor shortages at some of our production facilities and other locations. While we have 
historically experienced some level of ordinary course turnover of employees, the COVID-19 pandemic and resulting actions and 
impacts have exacerbated labor shortages and increased turnover. A number of factors have had and may continue to have adverse 
effects on the labor force available to us, including reduced employment pools, federal unemployment subsidies, including 
unemployment benefits offered in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, and other government regulations, which include laws and 
regulations related to workers’ health and safety, wage and hour practices and immigration. Labor shortages and increased turnover 
rates within our team members have led to and could in the future lead to increased costs, such as increased overtime to meet demand 
and increased wage rates to attract and retain employees and could negatively affect our ability to efficiently operate our production 
facilities or otherwise operate at full capacity. An overall or prolonged labor shortage, lack of skilled labor, increased turnover or labor 
inflation could have a material adverse impact on our operations, results of operations, liquidity or cash flows.

We depend on the availability of, and good relations with, our team members and their labor unions.
We have approximately 137,000 team members, approximately 38,000 of whom are covered by collective bargaining agreements or 
are members of labor unions. Our operations depend on the availability and relative costs of labor and maintaining good relations with 
team members and the labor unions. If we fail to maintain good relations with our team members or with the labor unions, we may 
experience labor strikes or work stoppages, which could adversely affect our financial results.

If we are unable to attract, hire or retain key team members or a highly skilled and diverse global workforce, it could have a 
negative impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our continued growth requires us to attract, hire, retain and develop key team members, including our executive officers and senior 
management team, and maintain a highly skilled and diverse global workforce. We compete to attract and hire highly skilled team 
members and our own team members are highly sought after by our competitors and other companies. Competition could cause us to 
lose talented team members, and unplanned turnover could deplete our institutional knowledge and result in increased costs due to 
increased competition for team members. In addition, our compensation arrangements may not always be successful in attracting new 
employees or retaining our existing team members.

14

We depend on contract farmers and independent producers to supply us with livestock.
We contract primarily with independent contract farmers to raise the live chickens and turkeys processed in our poultry operations. A 
majority of our cattle and hogs are purchased from independent producers who sell livestock to us under marketing contracts or on the 
open market. If we do not attract and maintain contracts with farmers or maintain marketing and purchasing relationships with 
independent producers, our production operations could be negatively affected. Certain of our competitors may also negotiate more 
favorable contract terms that could provide them with competitive advantages and affect our supply.

LEGAL & REGULATORY RISK FACTORS 
If our products become contaminated, we may be subject to product liability claims and product recalls, which could 
adversely affect our financial results and damage our reputation.
Our products may be subject to contamination by foreign materials or disease-producing organisms or pathogens, such as Listeria 
monocytogenes, Salmonella and E. coli. These organisms and pathogens are found generally in the environment and there is a risk that 
one or more, as a result of food processing, could be present in our products. These organisms and pathogens also can be introduced to 
our products as a result of improper handling at the further-processing, foodservice or consumer level. These risks may be controlled, 
but may not be eliminated, by adherence to good manufacturing practices and finished product testing. We have little, if any, control 
over handling procedures once our products have been shipped for distribution. Even an inadvertent shipment of contaminated 
products may be a violation of law and may lead to increased risk of exposure to product liability claims, increased scrutiny and 
penalties, including injunctive relief and plant closings, by federal and state regulatory agencies, and adverse publicity, which could 
exacerbate the associated negative consumer reaction. Any of these occurrences may have an adverse effect on our financial results. In 
addition, we may be required to recall some of our products if they spoil, become contaminated, are tampered with or are mislabeled. 
A widespread product recall could result in significant losses due to the costs of a recall, the destruction of product inventory and lost 
sales due to the unavailability of product for a period of time. Such a product recall also could result in adverse publicity, damage to 
our reputation, and a loss of consumer confidence in our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business results 
and the value of our brands.

New or more stringent domestic and international government regulations could impose material costs on us and could 
adversely affect our business.
Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state and foreign laws and regulations by authorities that oversee food safety standards 
and processing, packaging, storage, distribution, advertising, labeling and export of our products. See “Environmental Regulation and 
Food Safety” in Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information. Changes in laws or regulations that impose 
additional regulatory requirements on us (including the United Kingdom's exit from the European Union) could increase our cost of 
doing business or restrict our actions, causing our results of operations to be adversely affected. For example, increased governmental 
interest in advertising practices may result in regulations that could require us to change or restrict our advertising practices.

Increased government regulations to limit carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gas emissions as a result of concern over climate 
change, as well as alternative energy policies and sustainability initiatives (including those related to single use plastics), may result in 
increased compliance costs, capital expenditures and other financial obligations for us. We use natural gas, diesel fuel and electricity 
in the manufacturing and distribution of our products. Legislation or regulation affecting these inputs could materially affect our 
profitability. 

15

Climate change and legal or regulatory responses may have a long-term adverse impact on our business and results of 
operations.
Global average temperatures are gradually increasing due to increased concentration of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases in 
the atmosphere, which may contribute to significant changes in weather patterns around the globe and an increase in the frequency and 
severity of natural disasters. Decreased agricultural productivity in certain regions of the world as a result of changing weather patterns 
may limit the availability or increase the cost of key agricultural commodities and natural resources, as well as raw materials such as 
beef, pork, poultry, corn, soybean meal and other feed ingredients, which are important sources of ingredients for our products, and 
could impact the food security of communities around the world. Increased frequency or duration of extreme weather conditions could 
also impair production capabilities, disrupt our supply chain or impact demand for our products. Increasing concern over climate 
change also may adversely impact demand for our products due to changes in consumer preferences and result in additional legal or 
regulatory requirements designed to reduce or mitigate the effects of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gas emissions on the 
environment. In addition, climate change could affect our ability to procure needed commodities at costs and in quantities we currently 
experience and may require us to make additional unplanned capital expenditures. Increased energy or compliance costs and expenses 
due to increased legal or regulatory requirements could be prohibitively costly and may cause disruptions in, or an increase in the costs 
associated with, the running of our production facilities. Furthermore, compliance with any such legal or regulatory requirements may 
require us to make significant changes to our business operations and strategy, which will likely incur substantial time, attention and 
costs. Even if we make changes to align ourselves with such legal or regulatory requirements, we may still be subject to significant 
fines if such laws and regulations are interpreted and applied in a manner inconsistent with our practices. The effects of climate change 
and legal or regulatory initiatives to address climate change could have a long-term adverse impact on our business and results of 
operations. Finally, from time to time we establish and publicly announce goals and commitments to reduce our carbon footprint. If 
we fail to achieve or improperly report on our progress toward achieving our carbon emissions reduction goals and commitments, the 
resulting negative publicity could adversely affect consumer preference for our products.

The Company is subject to stringent environmental regulation and potentially subject to environmental litigation, 
proceedings, and investigations. 
Our past and present business operations and ownership and operation of real property are subject to stringent federal, state, and local 
environmental laws and regulations pertaining to the discharge of materials into the environment, and the handling and disposition of 
wastes (including solid and hazardous wastes) or otherwise relating to protection of the environment. Compliance with these laws and 
regulations, and the ability to comply with any modifications to these laws and regulations, is material to our business. New matters or 
sites may be identified in the future that will require additional investigation, assessment, or expenditures. In addition, some of our 
facilities have been in operation for many years and, over time, we and other prior operators of these facilities may have generated and 
disposed of wastes that now may be considered hazardous. Future discovery of contamination of property underlying or in the vicinity 
of our present or former properties or manufacturing facilities and/or waste disposal sites could require us to incur additional expenses. 
The occurrence of any of these events, the implementation of new laws and regulations, or stricter interpretation of existing laws or 
regulations, could adversely affect our financial results.

Legal claims, class action lawsuits, other regulatory enforcement actions, or failure to comply with applicable legal standards 
or requirements could affect our product sales, reputation and profitability.
We operate in a highly regulated environment with constantly evolving legal and regulatory frameworks. Consequently, we are subject 
to heightened risk of legal claims or other regulatory enforcement actions. Although we have implemented policies and procedures 
designed to ensure compliance with existing laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that our team members, contractors, or 
agents will not violate our policies and procedures. Moreover, a failure to maintain effective control processes could lead to violations, 
unintentional or otherwise, of laws and regulations. Legal claims or regulatory enforcement actions arising out of our failure or alleged 
failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including those contained in Item 3, Legal Proceedings and Part II, Item 8, 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 21: Commitments and Contingencies in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, could 
subject us to civil and criminal penalties, including debarment from governmental contracts that could materially and adversely affect 
our product sales, reputation, financial condition and results of operations. Loss of or failure to obtain necessary permits and 
registrations could delay or prevent us from meeting current product demand, introducing new products, building new facilities or 
acquiring new businesses and could adversely affect operating results.

FINANCIAL RISK FACTORS
Our level of indebtedness and the terms of our indebtedness could negatively impact our business and liquidity position.
Our indebtedness, including borrowings under our revolving credit facility and commercial paper program, may increase from time to 
time for various reasons, including fluctuations in operating results, working capital needs, capital expenditures and possible 
acquisitions, joint ventures or other significant initiatives. Our consolidated indebtedness level could adversely affect our business 
because:

•
•

it may limit or impair our ability to obtain financing in the future;
our credit ratings (or any decrease to our credit ratings) could restrict or impede our ability to access capital markets at 
desired interest rates and increase our borrowing costs;

16

•

•

•

it may reduce our flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions or to take advantage of business 
opportunities that may arise;
a portion of our cash flow from operations must be dedicated to interest payments on our indebtedness and is not available for 
other purposes; and
it may restrict our ability to pay dividends.

Our revolving credit facility contains affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: 
create liens and encumbrances; incur debt; merge, dissolve, liquidate or consolidate; make acquisitions and investments; dispose of or 
transfer assets; change the nature of our business; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and enter into hedging transactions, in 
each case, subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. In addition, we are required to maintain a minimum interest expense 
coverage ratio.

Our senior notes also contain affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: create 
liens; engage in certain sale/leaseback transactions; and engage in certain consolidations, mergers and sales of assets.

An impairment in the carrying value of our goodwill or indefinite life intangible assets could negatively impact our 
consolidated results of operations and net worth.
Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets are initially recorded at fair value and not amortized, but are reviewed for impairment at 
least annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. In assessing the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite life 
intangible assets, we make estimates and assumptions about sales growth, operating margins, royalty rates, EBITDA multiples, and 
discount rates based on budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. There are 
inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying these factors. Goodwill valuations have been 
calculated principally using income and market approaches. The income approach is based on the present value of future cash flows of 
each reporting unit and are believed to reflect market participant views which would exist in an exit transaction. The market approach 
measures value based on what other purchasers in the market have paid for assets or business interests that can be considered 
reasonably similar to each reporting unit and are believed to reflect market participant views which would exist in an exit transaction. 
Indefinite life intangible asset valuations have been calculated principally using relief-from-royalty and excess earnings approaches 
and are believed to reflect market participant views which would exist in an exit transaction. Under these valuation approaches, we are 
required to make various judgmental assumptions about appropriate sales growth, operating margins, royalty rates and discount rates, 
amongst other assumptions. Disruptions in global credit and other financial markets and deterioration of economic conditions, could, 
among other things, cause us to increase the discount rate used in the valuations. We could be required to evaluate the recoverability of 
goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets prior to the annual assessment if we experience disruptions to the business, unexpected 
significant declines in operating results, divestiture of a significant component of our business or sustained market capitalization 
declines. These types of events and the resulting analyses could result in impairment charges in the future, which could be substantial. 
As of October 2, 2021, we had $14.6 billion of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets, which represented approximately 40% of 
total assets.

Participation in a Multiemployer Pension Plan could adversely affect our business.
We participate in a “multiemployer” pension plan that provides defined benefits to certain team members covered by collective 
bargaining agreements. These type of plans are typically administered by boards of trustees composed of the management of the 
participating companies and labor representatives. We are required to make periodic contributions to this plan to allow the plan to 
meet its pension benefit obligation to its participants. Our required contributions to this fund could increase because of a shrinking 
contribution base as a result of the insolvency or withdrawal of other companies that currently contribute to this fund, inability or 
failure of withdrawing companies to pay their withdrawal liability, lower than expected returns on pension fund assets or other funding 
deficiencies. In the event that we withdraw from participation in this plan, then applicable law could require us to make additional 
lump-sum contributions to the plan, and we would have to reflect that as an expense in our consolidated statement of operations and as 
a liability on our consolidated balance sheet. Our withdrawal liability would depend on the extent of the plan's funding of vested 
benefits. The plan in which we participate is reported to have a significant underfunded liability. Such underfunding could increase the 
size of our potential withdrawal liability. In the event a withdrawal or partial withdrawal was to occur with respect to the 
multiemployer plan, the impact to our consolidated financial statements could be material.

Volatility in the capital markets or interest rates could adversely impact our pension costs and the funded status of our 
pension plans.
We sponsor a number of defined benefit plans for team members in the United States. The difference between plan obligations and 
assets, which signifies the funded status of the plans, is a significant factor in determining the net periodic benefit costs of the pension 
plans and our ongoing funding requirements. As of October 2, 2021, the funded status of our defined benefit pension plans was an 
underfunded position of $215 million, as compared to an underfunded position of $234 million at the end of fiscal 2020. Changes in 
interest rates and the market value of plan assets can impact the funded status of the plans and cause volatility in the net periodic 
benefit cost and our future funding requirements. The exact amount of cash contributions made to pension plans in any year is 
dependent upon a number of factors, including minimum funding requirements. 

17

Market fluctuations could negatively impact our operating results as we hedge certain transactions.
Our business is exposed to fluctuating market conditions. We use derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to various 
market risks including changes in commodity prices, interest rates and foreign exchange rates. We hold certain positions, primarily in 
grain and livestock futures, that are not hedges for financial reporting purposes. These positions are marked to fair value, and the 
unrealized gains and losses are reported in earnings at each reporting date. Therefore, losses on these contracts will adversely affect 
our reported operating results. While these contracts reduce our exposure to changes in prices for commodity products, the use of such 
instruments may ultimately limit our ability to benefit from favorable commodity prices.

GENERAL RISK FACTORS
Deterioration of economic conditions could negatively impact our business.
Our business may be adversely affected by changes in economic conditions, including inflation, interest rates, access to capital 
markets, consumer spending rates, energy availability and costs (including fuel surcharges) and the effects of governmental initiatives 
to manage economic conditions. Any such changes could adversely affect the demand for our products, or the cost and availability of 
our needed raw materials, cooking ingredients and packaging materials, thereby negatively affecting our financial results.

Disruptions in global credit and other financial markets and deterioration of economic conditions could, among other things:

• make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain financing for our operations or investments or to refinance our debt in the 

future;
cause our lenders to depart from prior credit industry practice and make more difficult or expensive the granting of any 
amendment of, or waivers under, our credit agreements to the extent we may seek them in the future;
impair the financial condition of some of our customers and suppliers, thereby increasing customer bad debts or non-
performance by suppliers;
negatively impact global demand for protein products, which could result in a reduction of sales, operating income and cash 
flows;
decrease the value of our investments in equity and debt securities, including our marketable debt securities, company-owned 
life insurance and pension and other postretirement plan assets;
negatively impact our commodity purchasing activities if we are required to record losses related to derivative financial 
instruments; or
impair the financial viability of our insurers.

•

•

•

•

•

•

Extreme factors or forces beyond our control could negatively impact our business.
Our ability to make, move and sell products is critical to our success. Natural disasters, fire, bioterrorism, pandemic or extreme 
weather, including droughts, floods, excessive cold or heat, hurricanes or other storms, could impair the health or growth of livestock 
or interfere with our operations due to power outages, fuel shortages, decrease in availability of water, damage to our production and 
processing facilities or disruption of transportation channels or unfavorably impact the demand for, or our consumers’ ability to 
purchase our products, among other things. Any of these factors could have an adverse effect on our financial results.

Failure to maximize or to successfully assert our intellectual property rights could impact our competitiveness.
We consider our intellectual property rights, particularly and most notably our trademarks, but also our trade secrets, patents and 
copyrights, to be a significant and valuable aspect of our business. We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights through a 
combination of trademark, trade secret, patent and copyright laws, as well as licensing agreements, third-party nondisclosure and 
assignment agreements and policing of third-party misuses of our intellectual property. We cannot be sure that these intellectual 
property rights will be maximized or that they can be successfully asserted. There is a risk that we will not be able to obtain and 
perfect our own or, where appropriate, license intellectual property rights necessary to support new product introductions.

We cannot be sure that these rights, if obtained, will not be invalidated, circumvented or challenged in the future. In addition, even if 
such rights are obtained in the United States, the laws of some of the other countries in which our products are or may be sold do not 
protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Our failure to perfect or successfully assert 
our intellectual property rights could make us less competitive and could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and 
financial condition.

We may incur additional tax expense or become subject to additional tax liabilities.
We are subject to taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our 
provision for income taxes. Our total income tax expense could be affected by changes in tax rates in various jurisdictions, changes in 
the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities or changes in tax laws or their interpretation. We are also subject to the examination 
of our tax returns and other tax matters by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. There can be no assurance as to the 
outcome of these examinations. If a taxing authority disagrees with the positions we have taken, we could face additional tax liability, 
including interest and penalties, which could adversely affect our financial results.

18

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The following table summarizes our domestic production properties as of October 2, 2021:
Number of Facilities(1)

Beef Segment Production Facilities

Pork Segment Production Facilities

Chicken Segment Operation Facilities

Prepared Foods Segment Operation Facilities

Owned

Leased

14 

7 

178 

34 

— 

— 

8 

— 

Total

14 

7 

186 

Capacity(2)
155,000 head

469,000 head

47 million head

34 

73 million pounds

Average 
Capacity 
Utilization

 78 %

 88 %

 79 %

 79 %

(1) Certain facilities produce products that are reported in multiple segments. For presentation purposes, facilities are reflected in the segment that 

had the majority of the facility’s production. Additionally, livestock grower farms are excluded.

(2) Capacity per week is based on the following: Beef and Pork (six day week) and Chicken and Prepared Foods (five day week). Average capacity 

utilization is based on capacity available throughout the year.

Beef
Beef facilities include various phases of harvesting live cattle and fabricating beef products and specialty products. We also have 
various facilities which have rendering operations along with tanneries and hide treatment operations. The Beef segment includes five 
case-ready operations that share facilities with the Pork segment. One of the beef facilities contains a tallow refinery. 

Pork
Pork facilities include various phases of harvesting live hogs and fabricating pork products and specialty products. The Pork segment 
includes five case-ready operations that share facilities with and are included in the Beef segment in the table above.

Chicken
Our vertically-integrated Chicken operations facilities include processing facilities, rendering facilities, blending mills, feed mills, 
grain elevators and broiler hatcheries. The Chicken processing facilities include various phases of harvesting, dressing, cutting, 
packaging, deboning and further-processing. We also have animal nutrition operations, which are associated with the Chicken 
rendering facilities or within various Chicken processing facilities. The blending mills, feed mills, grain elevators and broiler 
hatcheries have sufficient capacity to meet the needs of the chicken growout operations. The Chicken segment includes five 
processing facilities that share facilities with and are included in the Prepared Foods segment in the table above.

Prepared Foods
Our Prepared Foods segment includes processing facilities and a vertically-integrated turkey operation. Our Prepared Foods facilities 
process fresh and frozen chicken, turkey, beef, pork and other raw materials into ready-to-eat sandwiches, sandwich components such 
as flame-grilled hamburgers and Philly steaks, pizza toppings, branded and processed meats, appetizers, prepared meals, ethnic foods, 
flour and corn tortilla products and meat dishes. The Prepared Foods segment includes one processing facility that is shared with and 
is included in the Chicken segment in the table above.

We own and lease domestic distribution and cold storage facilities that support the supply chains of all our segment operations and are 
not specifically dedicated to individual segments.

Our International/Other foreign production operations in Asia-Pacific and China-Korea include one beef facility, 20 chicken 
processing facilities, four feed mills and one broiler hatchery. The processing facilities include various phases of harvesting, dressing, 
cutting, packaging, deboning and further-processing. We also have a foreign production operation in Europe which includes a chicken 
further-processing facility. 

We believe our present facilities are generally adequate and suitable for our current purposes; however, seasonal fluctuations in 
inventories and production may occur as a reaction to market demands for certain products. We regularly engage in construction and 
other capital improvement projects intended to expand capacity and improve the efficiency of our processing and support facilities. 
We also consider the efficiencies of our operations and may from time to time consider changing the number or type of facilities we 
operate to align with our capacity needs.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Refer to the description of the Broiler Antitrust Civil Litigation, the Wage Rate Litigation and the Broiler Chicken Grower Litigation 
under the heading “Commitments and Contingencies” in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 21: 
Commitments and Contingencies, which discussion is incorporated herein by reference.

On June 6, 2019, our poultry rendering facility in Hanceville, Alabama, acquired from American Proteins, Inc. in 2018, experienced a 
release of partially treated wastewater that reached a nearby river and resulted in a fish kill. We took remediation efforts following the 
release to mitigate the impact. The State of Alabama filed suit against Tyson Farms, Inc. on April 29, 2020 for the June 6, 2019 
release, as well as a prior release. Related civil suits have also been filed, which include individual and collective claims for 
compensatory and punitive damages against us and other defendants for alleged contamination of the local water supply, personal 
injury, property damage, diminution in property values, loss of recreational waterway use, lost non-profit revenue and business 
damages. Certain plaintiffs also allege that the facility’s historical and ongoing operations constitute a nuisance under Alabama law 
and are also seeking injunctive relief. On August 13, 2021, the court approved a settlement of all claims with the State of Alabama 
related to this action on terms not material to the Company. While we do not admit any liability as part of the settlement, we believe 
that the settlement was in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to avoid the uncertainty, risk, expense and distraction 
of protracted litigation.

On December 19, 2019, a putative class of direct purchasers filed a class action against us, other turkey suppliers, and Agri Stats, Inc. 
in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois. The plaintiffs allege, among other things, that the defendants 
entered into an agreement to exchange competitively sensitive information regarding turkey supply, production and pricing plans, all 
with the intent to artificially inflate the price of turkey, in violation of the Sherman Act. Plaintiffs are seeking treble damages, pre- and 
post-judgment interest, costs and attorneys’ fees on behalf of the putative class. On April 13, 2020, a similar complaint was filed in the 
United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois on behalf of a putative class of indirect purchasers of turkey alleging 
claims based on the Sherman Act and various state law causes of action. The plaintiffs are seeking treble damages, pre- and post-
judgment interest, costs, and attorneys' fees on behalf of the putative class. Since the original filing, certain putative class members 
have opted out of the matter and are proceeding with individual direct actions making similar claims, and others may do so in the 
future. In April 2021, we reached agreement to settle all claims with the putative direct purchaser class for $4.625 million and with the 
putative commercial and institutional indirect purchaser class for $1.75 million. On May 25, 2021, the Court granted preliminary 
approval of the settlement with the putative direct purchaser class, and the final fairness hearing is scheduled for January 6, 2022. On 
July 26, 2021, the court granted preliminary approval of the settlement with the putative commercial and institutional indirect 
purchaser class, and the final approval hearing is expected to be held in early 2022. While we do not admit any liability as part of the 
settlements, we believe that the settlements were in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to avoid the uncertainty, 
risk, expense and distraction of protracted litigation.

On June 19, 2005, the Attorney General and the Secretary of the Environment of the State of Oklahoma filed a complaint in the United 
States District Court for the Northern District of Oklahoma against Tyson Foods, Inc., three subsidiaries and six other poultry 
integrators. The complaint, which was subsequently amended, asserts a number of state and federal causes of action including, but not 
limited to, counts under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, Resource Conservation and 
Recovery Act, and state-law public nuisance theories. Oklahoma alleges that the defendants and certain contract growers who were not 
joined in the lawsuit polluted the surface waters, groundwater and associated drinking water supplies of the Illinois River Watershed 
through the land application of poultry litter. Oklahoma’s claims were narrowed through various rulings issued before and during trial 
and its claims for natural resource damages were dismissed by the district court in a ruling issued on July 22, 2009, which was 
subsequently affirmed on appeal by the Tenth Circuit Court of Appeals. A non-jury trial of the remaining claims including 
Oklahoma’s request for injunctive relief began on September 24, 2009. Closing arguments were held on February 11, 2010. The 
district court has not yet rendered its decision from the trial.

Other Matters
As of October 2, 2021, we had approximately 137,000 team members and, at any time, have various employment practices matters 
outstanding. In the aggregate, these matters are important to the Company, and we devote considerable resources to managing 
employment issues. Additionally, we are subject to other lawsuits, investigations and claims (some of which involve substantial 
amounts) arising out of the conduct of our business. While the ultimate results of these matters cannot be determined, they are not 
expected to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

20

INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Each of our executive officers serve one-year terms from the date of their election, or until their successors are appointed and 
qualified. Chairman of the Board of Directors John Tyson is the father of Chief Sustainability Officer John R. Tyson and nephew of 
Director Barbara A. Tyson. No other family relationships exist among these officers. The name, title, age (as of October 2, 2021) and 
calendar year of initial election to executive office of our executive officers are listed below: 

Title
Chairman of the Board of Directors
Group President Poultry

Name
John H. Tyson
David Bray
Stewart Glendinning Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Donnie King
Chris Langholz
Shane Miller
Jason Nichol
Noelle O'Mara
Johanna Söderström Executive Vice President and Chief People Officer
Scott Spradley
Phillip Thomas
Amy Tu

President and Chief Executive Officer
Group President International
Group President Fresh Meats
Chief Customer Officer
Group President Prepared Foods

Executive Vice President and Chief Technology and Automation Officer
Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, Global Governance 
and Corporate Affairs
Executive Vice President, Strategy and Chief Sustainability Officer

John R. Tyson

Age
68
52
56
59
58
52
49
42
50
56
46
54

31

Year Elected
Executive Officer
2011
2021
2017
2019
2020
2021
2021
2019
2020
2017
2020
2017

2019

John H. Tyson has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors since 1998 and was previously Chief Executive Officer of the 
Company from 2000 until 2006. Mr. Tyson was initially employed by the Company in 1973.

David Bray was appointed Group President Poultry in June 2021 after serving as Senior Vice President, Retail Poultry and Case 
Ready Meats since August 2020 and as Senior Vice President, Grocery from April 2017 to July 2020. Mr. Bray previously served as 
Vice President, Grocery Sales from September 2014 to April 2017 and as Vice President, Consumer Product Customer Development 
from March 2011 to September 2014. Mr. Bray was employed at Kraft Foods Group prior to joining the Company.

Stewart Glendinning was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in February 2018 after serving as Executive 
Vice President since his initial employment by the Company in December 2017. Mr. Glendinning was employed at Molson Coors 
Brewing Company prior to joining the Company.

Donnie King was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer in June 2021 after serving as Chief Operating Officer since 
February 2021 and Group President Poultry since September 2020. Mr. King served as Group President, International and Chief 
Administration Officer from February 2019 to September 2020 in addition to the role of Group President, International from January 
2019 to February 2020. Mr. King previously served as President, North American Operations from 2015 to 2016 and President, North 
American Operations and Foodservice in 2014. Mr. King was initially employed by Valmac Industries in 1982. Valmac Industries was 
acquired by the Company in 1984. Mr. King was self-employed from 2016 to February 2019 before returning to the Company.

Chris Langholz was appointed Group President, International in October 2021 after serving as President, International since February 
2020. Mr. Langholz was President of Cargill Asia Pacific and President of International Protein prior to joining the Company.

Shane Miller was appointed Group President, Fresh Meats in February 2021 after serving as Chief Operating Officer, Fresh Meats 
since October 2020. Mr. Miller previously served as Senior Vice President and General Manager, Beef Enterprise from January 2019 
to October 2020, Senior Vice President, General Manager, Value Added & Case Ready from February 2018 to January 2019, Senior 
Vice President, Pork from July 2015 to February 2018 and Senior Vice President, Pork Margin Management from May 2013 to July 
2015. Mr. Miller has held numerous other management and leadership roles since joining the Company in 2002.

Jason Nichol was appointed Chief Customer Officer in February 2021 after serving as Senior Vice President, Walmart since March 
2016 and as Vice President, Walmart from his initial employment by the Company in April 2015 to February 2016. Mr. Nichol was 
employed by Nabisco, Cott Beverages and Scotts Miracle-Gro prior to joining the Company.

Noelle O'Mara was appointed Group President, Prepared Foods in August 2019 after serving as Chief Marketing Officer since April 
2019, having previously served as General Manager and Senior Vice President, Tyson Brands Deli and Innovation since 2018, Senior 
Vice President and General Manager Jimmy Dean Brands since 2017 and Vice President, Emerging Brands Innovation since joining 
the company in 2016. Ms. O'Mara was employed at Kraft Foods Group prior to joining the Company.

Johanna Söderström was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief People Officer in October 2021 after serving as Executive 
Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer since July 2020. Ms. Söderström was employed by Dow Chemical Company prior 
to joining the Company.

21

Scott Spradley was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Technology and Automation Officer in October 2021 after serving 
as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer since 2017. Mr. Spradley was employed by Hewlett Packard Enterprise 
prior to joining the Company.

Phillip Thomas was appointed Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer in July 2020 after serving as Vice President 
and Assistant Controller since March 2014, prior to which he served as Senior Director Financial Reporting since his initial 
employment with the Company in July 2008. 

Amy Tu was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, Global Governance and Corporate Affairs in 
October 2021 after serving as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since November 2020 and Executive Vice 
President and General Counsel since December 2017. Ms. Tu was employed by The Boeing Company prior to joining the Company.

John R. Tyson was appointed Executive Vice President, Strategy and Chief Sustainability Officer in October 2021 after serving as 
Chief Sustainability Officer since September 2019, and Director, Office of the Chief Executive Officer since May 2019. Mr. Tyson 
has been an observer at the Company’s board of directors’ meetings since 2014. He was employed by J.P. Morgan as a private equity 
and venture capital investor prior to joining the Company.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

We have issued and outstanding two classes of capital stock, Class A stock and Class B stock. Holders of Class B stock may convert 
such stock into Class A stock on a share-for-share basis. Holders of Class B stock are entitled to 10 votes per share and holders of 
Class A stock are entitled to one vote per share on matters submitted to shareholders for approval. As of October 30, 2021, there were 
approximately 23,000 holders of record of our Class A stock and six holders of record of our Class B stock.

DIVIDENDS
Cash dividends cannot be paid to holders of Class B stock unless they are simultaneously paid to holders of Class A stock. The per 
share amount of the cash dividend paid to holders of Class B stock cannot exceed 90% of the cash dividend simultaneously paid to 
holders of Class A stock. In fiscal 2021, the annual dividend rate for Class A stock was $1.78 per share and the annual dividend rate 
for Class B stock was $1.60 per share. Effective November 12, 2021, the Board of Directors increased the quarterly dividend 
previously declared on August 12, 2021, to $0.46 per share on our Class A common stock and $0.414 per share on our Class B 
common stock. The increased quarterly dividend is payable on December 15, 2021, to shareholders of record at the close of business 
on December 1, 2021. The Board also declared a quarterly dividend of $0.46 per share on our Class A common stock and $0.414 per 
share on our Class B common stock, payable on March 15, 2022, to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 1, 2022. 
We anticipate the remaining quarterly dividends in fiscal 2022 will be $0.46 and $0.414 per share of our Class A and Class B stock, 
respectively. This results in an annual dividend rate in fiscal 2022 of $1.84 for Class A shares and $1.656 for Class B shares, or a 3% 
increase compared to the fiscal 2021 annual dividend rate. We have paid uninterrupted quarterly dividends on common stock each 
year since 1977.

MARKET INFORMATION
Our Class A stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TSN.” No public trading market currently exists for 
our Class B stock.

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
The table below provides information regarding our purchases of Class A stock during the periods indicated.

Period
Jul. 4, 2021 to Jul. 31, 2021

Aug. 1, 2021 to Sept. 4, 2021

Sept. 5, 2021 to Oct. 2, 2021

Total

Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased (2)
49,469 

135,762 

30,720 

Average
Price Paid
per Share

$ 

72.62   

78.42   

76.43   

76.81   

Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs (3)
— 

Maximum Number of
Shares that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the Plans
or Programs (1)
18,851,028 

— 

— 

— 

18,851,028 

18,851,028 

18,851,028 

215,951 

$ 

(1) On February 7, 2003, our Board of Directors approved a program to repurchase up to 25 million shares of Class A common stock from time to time in 

open market or privately negotiated transactions. On May 3, 2012, our Board of Directors approved an increase of 35 million shares, on January 30, 
2014, our Board of Directors approved an increase of 25 million shares and on February 4, 2016, our Board of Directors approved an increase of 50 
million shares under the program. The program has no fixed or scheduled termination date. 

(2) We purchased 215,951 shares during the period that were not made pursuant to our previously announced stock repurchase program but were purchased 
to fund certain Company obligations under our equity compensation plans. These transactions included 209,579 shares purchased in open market 
transactions and 6,372 shares withheld to cover required tax withholdings on the vesting of restricted stock.

(3) Shares purchased during the period pursuant to our previously announced stock repurchase program.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
The following graph shows a five-year comparison of cumulative total returns for our Class A stock, the Standard & Poor’s ("S&P") 
500 Index and our peer group of companies described below.

Fiscal Years Ended

Tyson Foods, Inc.
S&P 500 Index
Peer Group

$ 

10/1/16
100.00  $ 
100.00 
100.00 

9/30/17

9/29/18

95.76  $ 
118.62 
99.69 

82.30  $ 
139.85 
101.00 

9/28/19
120.34  $ 
144.25 
118.35 

10/3/20

85.83  $ 
166.22 
121.64 

10/2/21
116.14 
219.48 
136.07 

The total cumulative return on investment (change in the year-end stock price plus reinvested dividends), which is based on the stock 
price or composite index at the end of fiscal 2016, is presented for each of the periods for the Company, the S&P 500 Index and our 
peer group. The complete list of our peer group includes: Archer-Daniels-Midland Company, Bunge Limited, Campbell Soup 
Company, ConAgra Foods, Inc., General Mills, Inc., Hormel Foods Corp., Kellogg Co., Kraft Heinz Company, Mondelez 
International Inc., PepsiCo, Inc., Pilgrim's Pride Corporation, The Coca-Cola Company, The Hershey Company and The J.M. 
Smucker Company. The graph compares the performance of the Company's Class A common stock with that of the S&P 500 Index 
and our peer group, with the return of each company in the peer group weighted on market capitalization. The stock price performance 
of the Company's Class A common stock shown in the above graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

The information in this "Performance Graph" section shall not be deemed to be "soliciting material" or to be "filed" with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Not applicable.

23

Fiscal Year EndedComparison of 5 Year Cumulative Total ReturnsAmong Tyson Foods, Inc., the S&P 500 Index and our Peer GroupTyson Foods, Inc.S&P 500 IndexPeer Group10/1/169/30/179/29/189/28/1910/3/2010/2/21$0$100$200$300 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS

OBJECTIVE
The following discussion provides an analysis of the Company’s financial condition, cash flows and results of operations from 
management's perspective and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in 
Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our objective is to also provide discussion of events and uncertainties known to 
management that are reasonably likely to cause reported financial information not to be indicative of future operating results or of 
future financial condition and to offer information that provides understanding of our financial condition, cash flows and results of 
operations.

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY
We are one of the world’s largest food companies and a recognized leader in protein. Founded in 1935 by John W. Tyson and grown 
under three generations of family leadership, the Company has a broad portfolio of products and brands including Tyson®, Jimmy 
Dean®, Hillshire Farm®, Ball Park®, Wright®, Aidells®, ibp® and State Fair®. 

We operate in four reportable segments: Beef, Pork, Chicken and Prepared Foods. International/Other primarily includes our foreign 
operations in Australia, China, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, South Korea and Thailand, third-party merger and integration costs 
and corporate overhead related to Tyson New Ventures, LLC. For further description of the business, refer to Part I, Item 1, Business.

OVERVIEW

COVID-19
We continue to monitor and respond to the evolving nature of the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact to our global business. In 
addition to our ongoing internal COVID-19 task force formed for the primary purposes of maintaining the health and safety of our 
team members, ensuring our ability to operate our processing facilities and maintaining the liquidity of our business, we have 
expanded our medical team with the addition of a Chief Medical Officer during fiscal 2021. We have experienced and continue to 
experience multiple challenges related to the pandemic. These challenges increased our operating costs during fiscal 2020 and fiscal 
2021. Operationally, we experienced slowdowns and temporary idling of production facilities due to team member absenteeism and 
choices we made to ensure team member health and safety. Each of our segments experienced a shift in demand from foodservice to 
retail during 2020 and have seen varying levels of foodservice recovery and the return of volumes during fiscal 2021. The long-term 
impact of COVID-19 remains uncertain and will depend on future developments, including the duration and spread of the pandemic, 
COVID-19 variants and resurgences, and related actions taken by federal, state and local government officials to prevent and manage 
disease spread, all of which are uncertain and cannot be predicted. Additionally, we continue to assess the potential of more permanent 
impacts to our businesses.

Team Members
The health and safety of our team members is our top priority. To protect our team members, we implement safety measures 
recommended by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (“CDC”) and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration 
(“OSHA”) in our facilities and coordinate with other health officials as appropriate. In addition to hiring a Chief Medical Officer, we 
have added 200 nurse and administrative support staff positions and developed an “always-on” testing strategy rooted in contact 
tracing. In August 2021, we announced all domestic team members were required to be fully vaccinated by November 1, 2021.

Customers and Production
Our most significant impacts from COVID-19 relate to channel shifts and lower production. We are committed to doing our best to 
ensure the continuity of our business and the availability of our products to customers. Our production capabilities, including our large 
scale and geographic proximities, allow us to adapt some of our facilities to the changing demand. In addition, our production facilities 
experienced varying levels of production impacts, including reduced volumes, due to the implementation of additional worker health 
precautions and worker absenteeism.

Supply Chain
Our supply chain has stayed largely intact as we have built contingency plans for redundant supply for our production facilities as well 
as our external suppliers. We have been able to leverage our extensive distribution network and large private transportation fleet to 
help mitigate the impacts of COVID-19. We have experienced and expect to continue to experience volatility in commodity inputs, 
which has impacted our input costs, in part due to impacts caused by COVID-19. Since we also export globally, container availability 
and port capacities have been among the challenges in meeting the global demand for our products.

Insurance and CARES Act 
Although we maintain insurance policies for various risks, we do not believe most COVID-19 impacts will be covered by our policies. 
The Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”), among other things, includes provisions relating to 
refundable payroll tax credits, deferral of the employer portion of social security payments, and a number of income tax provisions. 
The provisions related to income tax will not have a significant impact on our financial statements.

24

Overall Financial Condition
We continue to proactively manage the Company and its operations through the pandemic. The major challenge we face is the 
availability of team members to operate our production facilities due to our production facilities experiencing varying levels of 
absenteeism and due to labor shortages associated with the economic impact of the pandemic. We will continue to operate our 
production facilities with team member health and safety as a top priority. However, we cannot predict the ultimate impact that 
COVID-19 will have on our short- and long-term demand at this time, as it will depend on, among other things, the severity and 
duration of the COVID-19 pandemic. We generated $3.8 billion of operating cash flows during fiscal 2021. At October 2, 2021, we 
had $4.8 billion of liquidity, which included availability under our revolving credit facility and $2.5 billion of cash and cash 
equivalents. We have $1.1 billion of current debt. Combined with the cash expected to be generated from the Company’s operations, 
we anticipate that we will maintain sufficient liquidity to operate our business, make capital expenditures, pay dividends and address 
other needs including our ability to meet maturing debt obligations. 

Fiscal year
Our accounting cycle resulted in a 52-week year for both fiscal 2021 and 2019 and a 53-week year for fiscal 2020. 

General
Sales grew 9% in fiscal 2021 over fiscal 2020 to $47.0 billion, primarily due to increased average sales prices in each of our segments, 
partially offset by the impact of an additional week in fiscal 2020. Fiscal 2021 operating income increased compared to fiscal 2020, as 
strong Beef results and the gain on the sale of our pet treats business were partially offset by a decline in operating income in the 
Chicken and Pork segments. In fiscal 2021, our results were impacted by $626 million of charges related to legal contingency 
accruals, $27 million of charges related to the relocation of a production facility in China, $17 million of production facilities fire 
costs, net of insurance proceeds and a $784 million gain on the sale of our pet treats business. In fiscal 2020, our results were impacted 
by $77 million of restructuring and related charges offset by the positive impact of the additional week.

During fiscal 2021, we incurred direct incremental expenses related to COVID-19 totaling approximately $335 million, which were 
recorded in Cost of Sales in our Consolidated Statements of Income. During fiscal 2020, we incurred direct incremental expenses 
related to COVID-19 totaling approximately $540 million, of which approximately $500 million and $40 million were recorded in 
Cost of Sales and Selling, General and Administrative, respectively, in our Consolidated Statements of Income. These COVID-19 
direct incremental expenses in fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2021 primarily included team member costs associated with worker health and 
availability and production facility downtime, including direct costs for personal protection equipment, production facility sanitization, 
COVID-19 testing and vaccinations, donations, product downgrades, rendered product, certain professional fees and $114 million of 
thank you bonuses to frontline team members in fiscal 2020, which was partially offset by the CARES Act credits. Due to the nature 
of these direct incremental COVID-19 expenses, our segments were primarily impacted based on their relative number of team 
members, absenteeism and the degree of production disruptions they have experienced, and thus, our Beef and Chicken segments 
incurred a greater proportion of the total costs. These direct incremental COVID-19 related costs exclude market related impacts that 
may have been driven in part by COVID-19, including such items as derivatives, deferred compensation investments and other market 
driven impacts to margin and demand. Other indirect costs associated with COVID-19 are not reflected in these amounts, including 
costs associated with raw materials, distribution and transportation, plant underutilization and reconfiguration, premiums paid to cattle 
producers, and pricing discounts.

Market Environment 
According to the USDA, domestic protein production (beef, pork, chicken and turkey) was relatively flat in fiscal 2021 compared to 
fiscal 2020. We continue to monitor trade and tariff activity as well as COVID-19 and its potential impacts to exports and input costs 
across all of our segments. Additionally, all segments experienced increased operating costs in fiscal 2021. We will pursue recovery of 
these increased costs through pricing. The Beef segment experienced strong global demand and ample supply of market-ready cattle. 
The Pork segment experienced strong demand and lower hog supplies. The Chicken segment experienced strong demand relative to 
supply. The Prepared Foods segment experienced growth, but faced increased costs partially due to the impact of an inflationary 
environment and challenging labor and supply conditions during fiscal 2021.

Margins
Our total operating margin was 9.3% in fiscal 2021. Operating margins by segment were as follows:
• Beef – 18.0%
• Pork – 5.2% 
• Chicken – (4.6)%
• Prepared Foods – 16.4%

25

Strategy
Our strategy is to sustainably feed the world with the fastest growing protein brands. We intend to achieve our strategy as we: grow
our business by delivering superior value to consumers and customers; deliver fuel for growth and returns through commercial,
operational and financial excellence; and sustain our Company and our world for future generations.

•

In the second quarter of fiscal 2021, we initiated a plan to sell our pet treats business, which is included in our Prepared Foods 
segment. In the third quarter of fiscal 2021, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell the business for $1.2 billion in cash, 
subject to certain adjustments. The business had a net carrying value of approximately $411 million as of July 6, 2021, which 
included approximately $44 million of working capital consisting of inventory, accounts receivable and accounts payable, $17 
million of property, plant and equipment and $350 million of goodwill. The transaction closed on July 6, 2021, and we recognized 
a gain of $784 million from the sale of this business, which is reflected in cost of sales in our Consolidated Statement of Income for 
fiscal 2021.

• Beginning in fiscal 2022, we are launching a new productivity program, which is designed to drive a better, faster and more agile 
organization that is supported by a culture of continuous improvement and faster decision making. We are targeting $1 billion in 
productivity savings by fiscal 2024, relative to a fiscal 2021 cost baseline. The execution of this program will be supported by a 
program management office that will ensure delivery of key project milestones and report on savings achievements connected with 
the three pillars of the program. The first pillar is operational and functional excellence, which includes functional efficiency 
efforts in Finance, HR and Procurement focused on applying best practices to reduce costs. The second pillar is the use of new 
digital solutions like artificial intelligence and predictive analytics to drive efficiency in operations, supply chain planning, logistics 
and warehousing. The third pillar is automation, which will leverage automation and robotics technologies to automate difficult 
and higher turnover positions. At this time, we do not anticipate costs associated with this program to be material.

Net income attributable to Tyson
Net income attributable to Tyson - per diluted share

2021 – Included the following items:

in millions, except per share data
2020
2,061 
5.64 

2021
3,047  $ 
8.34 

$ 

•
•
•
•
•

$626 million pretax, or ($1.31) per diluted share, related to the recognition of legal contingency accruals.
$784 million pretax, or $1.40 per diluted share, related to the gain on the sale of our pet treats business.
$34 million pretax, or $0.07 per diluted share, from a defined benefit plan gain.
$17 million pretax, or ($0.04) per diluted share, of production facilities fire costs, net of insurance proceeds.
$27 million pretax, or ($0.06) per diluted share, related to the relocation of a production facility in China.

2020 – Included the following items:

•
•
•

$75 million pretax, or ($0.16) per diluted share, of restructuring and related charges.
$65 million pretax, or $0.14 per diluted share, related to the additional week in fiscal 2020.
$116 million pretax, or $0.24 per diluted share, due to gain from pension plan terminations.

SUMMARY OF RESULTS

Sales

Sales
Change in sales volume
Change in average sales price
Sales growth

2021 vs. 2020 –

in millions
2019
42,405 

2021

2020

$ 

47,049 

$ 

43,185 

$ 

 (2.8) %
 13.0 %
 8.9 %

 0.7 %
 1.1 %
 1.8 %

•

•

•

Sales Volume – Sales were negatively impacted by a decrease in sales volume across each of our segments, which accounted 
for a decrease of $1,190 million, due in part to the impacts of a challenging labor environment as well as the impact of an 
additional week in fiscal 2020. 

Average Sales Price – Sales were positively impacted by higher average sales prices, which accounted for an increase of 
$5,599 million. The increase in average sales price was primarily attributable to favorable product mix and the pass through 
of increased raw material costs.
The above change in average sales price for fiscal 2021 excludes a $545 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of 
legal contingency accruals.

26

 
 
2020 vs. 2019 –

•

•

Sales Volume – Sales were positively impacted by an increase in sales volume, which accounted for an increase of $278 
million primarily due to incremental volumes from business acquisitions as well as the impact of an additional week in fiscal 
2020, partially offset by decreased volumes in each of our segments in fiscal 2020 due to lower production throughput 
associated with the impact of COVID-19.

Average Sales Price – Sales were positively impacted by higher average sales prices, which accounted for an increase of 
$502 million. The increase in average sales price was primarily attributable to favorable product mix related to robust 
demand in the retail channel across all of our segments and beef and pork demand remaining strong amid supply disruptions 
related to COVID-19, partially offset by approximately $45 million of incremental discounted sales in the Prepared Foods 
segment.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales
Gross profit
Cost of sales as a percentage of sales

2021 vs. 2020 –

$ 

2021

40,523 
6,526 
 86.1 %

$ 

2020

$ 

37,801 
5,384 
 87.5 %

in millions
2019
37,383 

•

Cost of sales increased $2,722 million. Lower sales volume decreased cost of sales $1,041 million while higher input cost per 
pound increased cost of sales $3,763 million.

• The $3,763 million impact of higher input cost per pound was impacted by:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Increase in live hog costs of approximately $980 million in our Pork segment.

Increase of approximately $945 million in our Chicken segment related to net increases in feed ingredient costs, 
growout expenses and outside meat purchases.

Increase in raw material and other input costs of approximately $520 million in our Prepared Foods segment.

Increase in freight and transportation costs of approximately $315 million.

Increase of approximately $81 million in our Chicken segment related to the recognition of legal contingency 
accruals. 

Increase in live cattle costs of approximately $160 million in our Beef segment.

Decrease due to the recognition of a $784 million gain on the sale of our pet treats business.

Decrease of $165 million due to reduction in direct incremental expenses related to COVID-19, primarily related to 
the payment of $114 million in thank you bonuses during fiscal 2020.

Remaining increase in costs across all of our segments was primarily driven by net impacts on average cost per 
pound from mix changes, as well as, production inefficiencies, increased labor costs due in part to the impacts 
associated with a challenging labor environment and COVID-19 in fiscal 2021 as compared to fiscal 2020.

• The $1,041 million impact of lower sales volume was primarily driven by decreased volume in each of our segments in 

fiscal 2021 due to lower production throughput associated with the impact of COVID-19 and a challenging labor 
environment as well as the impact of an additional week in fiscal 2020.

2020 vs. 2019 –

•

•

Cost of sales increased $418 million. This included a net increase of $667 million primarily related to the impact of results 
from acquisitions and divestitures.

For the remaining $249 million decrease, higher input cost per pound increased cost of sales $393 million, offset by lower 
sales volume, which decreased cost of sales $642 million.

• The $393 million impact of higher input cost per pound was impacted by:

•

•
•

•

•

•

Increase across all of our segments primarily driven by net impacts on average cost per pound from mix changes as 
well as production inefficiencies due in part to the impact of COVID-19 in fiscal 2020.

Increase of approximately $500 million of direct incremental expenses related to COVID-19.
Increase of approximately $80 million in our Chicken segment related to net increases in feed ingredient costs, 
growout expenses and outside meat purchases.
Increase in raw material and other input costs of approximately $90 million as well as an increase in inventory write 
downs of approximately $15 million in our Prepared Foods segment.
Increase in incentive-based compensation of approximately $70 million.

Decrease in live cattle costs of approximately $530 million in our Beef segment.

27

 
 
•

Decrease in live hog costs of approximately $255 million in our Pork segment.

• The $642 million impact of lower sales volume, excluding the impact of acquisitions, was primarily driven by decreased 
sales volume in each of our segments due to lower production throughput associated with the impact of COVID-19 in the 
back half of fiscal 2020 as well as a reduction in live cattle processing capacity from the temporary closure of a 
production facility in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 as a result of a fire, partially offset by the impact of the additional 
week in fiscal 2020.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative
As a percentage of sales

2021 vs. 2020 –

2021

2020

$ 

2,130 

$ 

2,376 

$ 

 4.5 %

 5.5 %

in millions
2019
2,252 

•

Decrease of $246 million in selling, general and administrative was primarily driven by:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Decrease of $161 million from the change in the impact of a cattle supplier’s misappropriation of Company funds, 
resulting from a $55 million gain related to the recovery of cattle inventory in the fiscal year ended October 2, 2021 as 
compared to a $106 million loss recognized in the fiscal year ended October 3, 2020.

Decrease of $60 million from restructuring and related charges incurred in fiscal 2020.

Decrease of $56 million in marketing, advertising and promotion expenses.

Decrease of $27 million in donations.

Decrease of $24 million in commission and brokerage fees.

Decrease of $21 million in depreciation and amortization.

Increase of $81 million in professional fees.

Increase of $30 million in technology related costs.

2020 vs. 2019 –

•

Increase of $124 million in selling, general and administrative was primarily driven by:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Increase of $83 million in employee costs primarily from incentive-based compensation and the impact of the extra week 
in fiscal 2020.

Increase of $56 million from fiscal 2019 acquisitions not owned by us for all of fiscal 2019.

Increase of $49 million from the impact of a cattle supplier’s misappropriation of Company funds.

Increase of $40 million from direct incremental expenses associated with COVID-19.

Increase of $35 million from technology related costs.

Decrease of $55 million in professional fees and merger and integration costs.

Decrease of $49 million in marketing, advertising and promotion expenses.

Decrease of $26 million in travel and entertainment expenses.

Interest Expense

Cash interest expense
Non-cash interest (expense) income
Total Interest Expense

2021 / 2020 –

2021
448  $ 
(20)   
428  $ 

in millions
2020
497 
(12) 
485 

$ 

$ 

•

Cash interest expense primarily included interest expense related to our senior notes and term loans, in addition to 
commitment fees incurred on our revolving credit facility. The decrease in cash interest expense in fiscal 2021 was primarily 
due to the change in outstanding commercial paper, decrease in average amount outstanding under the term loans in fiscal 
2021, redemption of the August 2021 Notes as well as the settlement of the 2020 notes during fiscal 2020.

Other (Income) Expense, net

2021 – Included $34 million from a defined benefit plan gain.

2020 – Included $116 million of gains related to pension plan terminations.

28

$ 

2021

(65)  $ 

in millions
2020
(131) 

 
Effective Tax Rate

2021
 24.3 %

2020
 22.3 %

•

Our effective income tax rate was 24.3% for fiscal 2021 compared to 22.3% for fiscal 2020. State taxes increased the 
effective tax rate by 3.3% and 2.9% for fiscal 2021 and 2020, respectively. The non-deductible goodwill associated with the 
sale of our pet treats business unfavorably impacted the effective tax rate for fiscal 2021 by 1.8%, and the tax benefit from the 
foreign-derived intangible income deduction decreased the effective tax rate for fiscal 2021 by 1.1%.

SEGMENT RESULTS
We operate in four reportable segments: Beef, Pork, Chicken, and Prepared Foods. International/Other primarily includes our foreign 
operations in Australia, China, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, South Korea and Thailand, third-party merger and integration costs 
and corporate overhead related to Tyson New Ventures, LLC. Additional information regarding the geographic areas of our foreign 
operations is set forth in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 18: Segment Reporting. The following table 
is a summary of segment sales and operating income (loss), which is how we measure segment income (loss): 

Beef

Pork

Chicken

Prepared Foods

International/Other

Intersegment Sales

Total

Beef Segment Results

Sales

Sales Volume Change

Average Sales Price Change

Operating Income

Operating Margin

in millions

Sales

Operating Income (Loss)

2021

2020

2019

2021

2020

$ 

17,999  $ 

15,742  $ 

15,828  $ 

3,240  $ 

1,580  $ 

6,277 

13,733 

8,853 

1,990 

5,128 

13,234 

8,532 

1,856 

4,932 

13,300 

8,418 

1,289 

(1,803)   

(1,307)   

(1,362)   

328 

(625)   

1,456 

(3)   

— 

565 

122 

743 

(2)   

— 

2019

1,050 

263 

621 

843 

(7) 

— 

$ 

47,049  $ 

43,185  $ 

42,405  $ 

4,396  $ 

3,008  $ 

2,770 

2021

2020

Change 2021 
vs. 2020

in millions
Change 2020 
vs. 2019

2019

$  17,999 

$  15,742 

$ 

2,257 

$  15,828 

$ 

 0.3 %

 14.0 %

(86) 

 (4.5) %

 4.0 %

$ 

3,240 

$ 

1,580 

$ 

1,660 

$ 

1,050 

$ 

530 

 18.0 %

 10.0 %

 6.6 %

2021 vs. 2020 –
•

•

•

Sales Volume – Sales volume was relatively flat due to strong global demand, partially offset by the impacts associated with 
a challenging labor environment, severe weather in the second quarter of fiscal 2021 and the additional week in fiscal 2020.
Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased as our input costs such as live cattle, labor and freight and 
transportation costs, increased and demand for our beef products remained strong.

• Operating Income – Operating income increased due to strong demand as we continued to optimize revenues relative to live 
cattle supply, partially offset by production inefficiencies due to labor challenges. Additionally, operating income in fiscal 
2021 was impacted by a cattle supplier's misappropriation of Company funds, which resulted in a $55 million gain related to 
the recovery of cattle inventory as compared to a $106 million loss recognized in fiscal 2020.

2020 vs. 2019 –
•

Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased primarily due to lower production throughput associated with the impact of 
COVID-19 during portions of fiscal 2020 and a reduction in live cattle harvest capacity as a result of a fire that caused the 
temporary closure of a production facility for the majority of the first quarter of fiscal 2020, partially offset by the impact of 
an additional week in fiscal 2020. 
Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased as beef demand remained strong amid supply disruptions related to the 
impact of COVID-19. 

• Operating Income – Operating income increased primarily due to market conditions, including COVID-19 disruptions, 
which increased the spread between preexisting contractual agreements and the cost of fed cattle, partially offset by price 
reductions offered to customers, as well as production inefficiencies and direct incremental expenses related to COVID-19. 
Additionally, results were impacted by losses of $106 million and $57 million in fiscal years 2020 and 2019, respectively, 
from a cattle supplier's misappropriate of Company funds.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pork Segment Results

Sales

Sales Volume Change

Average Sales Price Change

Operating Income

Operating Margin

2021

2020

Change 2021 
vs. 2020

in millions
Change 2020 
vs. 2019

2019

$ 

6,277 

$ 

5,128 

$ 

1,149 

$ 

4,932 

$ 

196 

 (2.7) %

 25.1 %

 1.8 %

 2.2 %

$ 

328 

$ 

565 

$ 

(237) 

$ 

263 

$ 

302 

 5.2 %

 11.0 %

 5.3 %

2021 vs. 2020 –
•

Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased despite strong global demand in fiscal 2021 primarily due to the impacts of an 
additional week in fiscal 2020 and the impacts of lower hog supplies and a challenging labor environment in fiscal 2021.
Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased as live hog costs increased and demand for our pork products remained 
strong. 

• Operating Income – Operating income decreased primarily due to lower hog supplies relative to industry capacity as well as 

production inefficiencies related to COVID-19 and a challenging labor environment, partially offset by a reduction in direct 
incremental expenses related to COVID-19 in fiscal 2021 as compared to fiscal 2020. Additionally, volatile market 
conditions resulted in net derivative losses of $90 million in fiscal 2021 and net derivative gains of $70 million in fiscal 2020, 
which were offset by the impacts of related physical purchase transactions.

2020 vs. 2019 –
•

Sales Volume – Sales volume increased primarily due to the impact of the additional week, partially offset by lower 
production throughput associated with COVID-19 during portions of fiscal 2020 despite strong demand for our pork products 
and increased domestic availability of live hogs.
Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased as pork demand remained strong amid supply disruptions related to the 
impact of COVID-19.

• Operating Income – Operating income increased primarily due to market conditions, including COVID-19 disruptions, 
which increased the spread between preexisting contractual agreements and the cost of live hogs, partially offset by 
production inefficiencies and direct incremental expenses related to COVID-19.

Chicken Segment Results

Sales
Sales Volume Change
Average Sales Price Change
Operating Income (Loss)
Operating Margin

2021

2020

$  13,733 

$  13,234 

$ 

$ 

(625) 
 (4.6) %

122 
 0.9 %

$ 

Change 2021 
vs. 2020
499 
 (3.3) %
 11.2 %
(747) 

$ 

2019

$  13,300 

$ 

621 
 4.7 %

$ 

in millions
Change 2020 
vs. 2019
(66) 
 0.1 %
 (0.6) %
(499) 

$ 

2021 vs. 2020 –
•

Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased from the impacts associated with a decline in hatch rate, a challenging labor 
environment, disruptions due to severe weather in the second quarter of fiscal 2021 and an additional week in fiscal 2020.
Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased due to favorable sales mix and inflationary market conditions. The 
change in average sales price for fiscal 2021 excludes a $545 million reduction of Sales from the recognition of legal 
contingency accruals.

• Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income decreased primarily due to a $626 million loss from the recognition of legal 
contingency accruals, $735 million of higher feed ingredient costs as compared to fiscal 2020, increased supply chain costs, 
$23 million of expenses related to a fire at a production facility, decline in hatch rate and disruptions due to severe weather, 
partially offset by favorable product mix, reduced direct incremental expense associated with COVID-19 and $65 million of 
net derivative gains in fiscal 2021 as compared to $50 million of net derivative losses in fiscal 2020.

2020 vs. 2019 –
•

Sales Volume – Sales volume was relatively flat in fiscal 2020 as the impact of the additional week and increased volumes in 
retail were offset by lower production throughput associated with the impact of COVID-19 and lower foodservice demand. 
Average Sales Price – Average sales price decreased in fiscal 2020 primarily due to weaker chicken pricing as a result of 
market conditions.

• Operating Income (Loss) – Operating income decreased in fiscal 2020 primarily from market conditions, unfavorable 

product mix, as well as production inefficiencies and direct incremental expenses related to COVID-19. Operating income 
was also impacted by $34 million in restructuring costs incurred in fiscal 2020. 

30

•

•

•

•

Prepared Foods Segment Results

Sales

Sales Volume Change

Average Sales Price Change

Operating Income

Operating Margin

2021

2020

Change 2021 
vs. 2020

in millions
Change 2020 
vs. 2019

2019

$ 

8,853 

$ 

8,532 

$ 

321 

$ 

8,418 

$ 

114 

 (5.4) %

 9.2 %

 (1.9) %

 3.3 %

$ 

1,456 

$ 

743 

$ 

713 

$ 

843 

$ 

(100) 

 16.4 %

 8.7 %

 10.0 %

2021 vs. 2020 –
•

Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased driven by lower production throughput primarily associated with a challenging labor 
and supply environment, reduced foodservice demand in the first half of fiscal 2021 and the impact of an additional week in 
fiscal 2020. 
Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased due to favorable product mix and inflation-justified pricing.

•
• Operating Income – Operating income increased due to the recognition of a $784 million gain on the sale of our pet treats 
business, lower commercial spend as well as favorable pricing and product mix. These impacts were partially offset by the 
impact of inflationary market conditions including a $520 million increase in raw material and other input costs during fiscal 
2021, increased supply chain costs and a challenging labor environment.

2020 vs. 2019 –
•

Sales Volume – Sales volume decreased as growth in volume across the retail channel was offset by a reduction in the 
foodservice channel related to reduced demand and lower production throughput due to the impact of COVID-19, partially 
offset by the impact of an additional week in fiscal 2020. 
Average Sales Price – Average sales price increased due to favorable product mix associated with the surge in retail demand, 
as well as the pass through of increased raw material costs. 

•

• Operating Income – Operating income decreased primarily due to increased operating costs, including a $105 million 

increase in net raw material costs and derivative losses, as well as production inefficiencies and direct incremental expenses 
related to COVID-19. Additionally, operating income was impacted by $28 million in restructuring costs.

International/Other Results

Sales

Operating Loss

2021

2020

Change 2021 
vs. 2020

in millions
Change 2020 
vs. 2019

2019

$ 

1,990  $ 

1,856  $ 

134  $ 

1,289  $ 

(3)   

(2)   

(1)   

(7)   

567 

5 

2021 vs. 2020 –
•
• Operating Loss – Operating loss increased slightly due to a $27 million charge related to the relocation of a production 

Sales – Sales increased due to increased pricing from favorable product mix.

facility in China, partially offset by improved results in our international operations in fiscal 2021.

2020 vs. 2019 –
•

Sales – Sales increased primarily from the incremental sales from the the first full year of results from the acquisitions of 
Keystone Foods and the Thai and European operations.

• Operating Loss – Operating results improved due to lower third-party merger and integration costs partially offset by 

reduced profitability in our international operations primarily from the impacts of COVID-19.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our cash needs for working capital, capital expenditures, growth opportunities, repurchases of senior notes, repayment of maturing 
debt, the payment of dividends and share repurchases are expected to be met with current cash on hand, cash flows provided by 
operating activities, or short-term borrowings. Based on our current expectations, we believe our liquidity and capital resources will be 
sufficient to operate our business. However, we may take advantage of opportunities to generate additional liquidity or refinance 
existing debt through capital market transactions. The amount, nature and timing of any capital market transactions will depend on our 
operating performance and other circumstances; our then-current commitments and obligations; the amount, nature and timing of our 
capital requirements; any limitations imposed by our current credit arrangements; and overall market conditions. 

31

 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities

in millions

Net income

Non-cash items in net income:

Depreciation and amortization

Deferred income taxes

Gain on disposition of business

Impairment of assets

Stock-based compensation expense

Other, net

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

2021

$ 

3,060  $ 

1,214 

(125)   

(784)   

60 

91 

(57)   

381 

$ 

3,840  $ 

2020

2,071 

1,192 

18 

— 

48 

89 

(124) 

580 

3,874 

• Gain on disposition of business related to the sale of our pet treats business. For further description, refer to Part II, Item 8, 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 3: Acquisitions and Dispositions.

• Other, net included a $34 million defined benefit plan gain in fiscal 2021 and a $112 million gain related to pension plan 

terminations in fiscal 2020.

• Cash flows associated with changes in operating assets and liabilities:

•

•

2021 – Decreased primarily from increased accounts receivable, accrued salaries, wages and benefits and inventories, 
offset by increased accounts payable, taxes payable and legal accruals. The increase in accounts receivable is largely due 
to the increase in sales. The increase in accrued salaries, wages and benefits is primarily due to increased incentive-based 
compensation. The increase in inventories is primarily due to increased livestock, raw material and grain costs. The 
increase in accounts payable is largely due to increased input costs as well as the timing of payments. The increase in 
taxes payable is driven by the timing of payments primarily related to the gain from the sale of our pet treats business in 
the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021. The increase in legal accruals is due primarily to legal contingencies recorded during 
fiscal 2021.
2020 –  Increased primarily due to decreased accounts receivable, decreased inventories, increased accrued salaries, wages 
& benefits, and increased taxes payable, partially offset by decreased accounts payable. The changes in accounts 
receivable and accounts payable are largely due to the timing of payments and sales. The decrease in inventories is 
primarily due to decreased inventory volumes in the Prepared Foods segment. The increase in accrued salaries, wages and 
benefits is primarily due to increased incentive-based compensation. The increase in taxes payable is primarily related to 
timing of payments, in large part due to payroll tax deferrals associated with the CARES Act.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Additions to property, plant and equipment

(Purchases of)/Proceeds from marketable securities, net
Proceeds from sale of businesses

Acquisitions of Equity Investments

Other, net

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

2021

$ 

(1,209)  $ 

(2)   

1,188 

(44)   

125 

in millions

2020

(1,199) 

(18) 

29 

(183) 

(52) 

$ 

58  $ 

(1,423) 

• Additions to property, plant and equipment included spending for production growth, safety and animal well-being, in addition 
to acquiring new equipment, infrastructure replacements and upgrades to maintain competitive standing and position us for 
future opportunities. 
• Capital spending for fiscal 2022 is expected to approximate $2 billion and will include spending for capacity expansion 

and utilization, automation to alleviate labor challenges and brand and product innovation.

• Purchases of marketable securities included funding for our deferred compensation plans.
• Proceeds from sale of businesses related to the proceeds received from sale of our pet treats business in fiscal 2021 and the 
sale of a prepared foods business in fiscal 2020. For further description refer to Part II, Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements, Note 3: Acquisitions and Dispositions.

• Acquisition of equity investments for fiscal 2021 related to the purchase of a 49% minority interest in a Malaysian producer of 
feed and poultry products, and for fiscal 2020, included the purchase of a 40% interest in a vertically integrated Brazilian 
poultry producer and a 50% interest in a joint venture serving the worldwide fats and oils market.

• Other, net for fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020 primarily included changes in deposits for capital expenditures and for fiscal 2021, 

the receipt of $69 million related to split-dollar life insurance proceeds.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Proceeds from issuance of debt

Payments on debt

Borrowings on revolving credit facility

Payments on revolving credit facility

Proceeds from issuance of commercial paper

Repayments of commercial paper

Purchases of Tyson Class A common stock

Dividends

Stock options exercised

Other, net

Net cash used for financing activities

$ 

2021

585  $ 

(2,632)   

— 

— 

— 

— 

(67)   

(636)   

41 

(22)   

in millions

2020

1,609 

(1,212) 

1,210 

(1,280) 

14,272 

(15,271) 

(207) 

(601) 

30 

(18) 

$ 

(2,731)  $ 

(1,468) 

• Proceeds from issuance of debt and borrowings/payments on revolving credit facility:

•

•

2021 – During fiscal 2021, proceeds of $585 million from issuance of debt included $500 million of proceeds from the 
issuance of a term loan facility due March 2023.
2020 – On March 27, 2020, we executed a new $1.5 billion term loan facility to repay our commercial paper, repay 
outstanding balances under our revolving credit facility and for general liquidity purposes. 

• Payments on debt included:

•

•

2021 – In February 2021, we repaid $750 million of the $1.5 billion outstanding under our revolving credit facility. On 
March 22, 2021, we executed a new $500 million term loan facility due March 2023. The Company used the proceeds of 
the new term loan, together with $250 million in cash on hand, to repay in full the remaining $750 million outstanding 
under the Company's existing $1.5 billion term loan facility due March 2022. On September 30, 2021, the Company used 
cash on hand to repay in full the $500 million term loan facility due March 2023. On July 23, 2021, we redeemed the 
$500 million outstanding balance of the Senior Notes due August 2021 using cash on hand. 
2020 – We extinguished the $350 million outstanding balance of our senior notes due June 2020, the $400 million 
outstanding balance of our senior notes due August 2020 and the $278 million outstanding balance of our senior notes due 
September 2020 using cash on hand.

• Proceeds from issuance and repayment of short-term debt in the form of commercial paper:

•

2020 – We had net repayments of $999 million to our unsecured short-term promissory notes ("commercial paper") 
pursuant to our commercial paper program.

• Purchases of Tyson Class A common stock included:

•
•

$150 million for shares repurchased pursuant to our share repurchase program in fiscal 2020.
$67 million and $57 million for shares repurchased to fund certain obligations under our equity compensation plans in 
fiscal 2021 and 2020, respectively.

• Dividends paid during fiscal 2021 included a 6% increase to our fiscal 2020 quarterly dividend rate.

Liquidity

in millions

Commitments
Expiration Date

Facility
Amount

Outstanding 
Letters of Credit 
(no draw downs)

Amount
Borrowed

September 2026 $ 

2,250  $ 

—  $ 

— 

Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term investments
Revolving credit facility
Commercial Paper
Total liquidity

Amount Available at 
October 2, 2021
2,507 
— 
2,250 
— 
4,757 

$ 

$ 

• Liquidity includes cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, and availability under our revolving credit facility, less 

outstanding commercial paper balance.

• At October 2, 2021, we had current debt and accrued legal contingencies of $1,067 million and $567 million, respectively, 
which we intend to pay with cash generated from our operating activities and other existing or new liquidity sources. 

• The revolving credit facility supports our short-term funding needs and also serves to backstop our commercial paper program. 

We had no borrowings under the revolving credit facility during fiscal 2021. Under the terms of the facility, we have the 
option to establish incremental commitment increases of up to $500 million if certain conditions are met.

• We expect net interest expense will approximate $380 million for fiscal 2022.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• Our ratio of short-term assets to short-term liabilities ("current ratio") was 1.6 to 1 and 1.8 to 1 at October 2, 2021, and 

October 3, 2020, respectively. The decrease in fiscal 2021 was primarily due to increased accounts payable, current debt and 
legal contingency accruals, partially offset by increased cash, accounts receivable and inventories.

• At October 2, 2021, $464 million of our cash was held in the international accounts of our foreign subsidiaries. Generally, we 

do not rely on the foreign cash as a source of funds to support our ongoing domestic liquidity needs. We manage our 
worldwide cash requirements by reviewing available funds among our foreign subsidiaries and the cost effectiveness with 
which those funds can be accessed. We intend to repatriate excess cash (net of applicable withholding taxes) not subject to 
regulatory requirements and to indefinitely reinvest outside of the United States the remainder of cash held by foreign 
subsidiaries. We do not expect the regulatory restrictions or taxes on repatriation to have a material effect on our overall 
liquidity, financial condition or the results of operations for the foreseeable future.

Capital Resources

Credit Facility
Cash flows from operating activities and cash on hand are our primary sources of liquidity for funding debt service, capital 
expenditures, dividends and share repurchases. We also have a revolving credit facility, with a committed capacity of $2.25 billion, to 
provide additional liquidity for working capital needs and to backstop our commercial paper program.

At October 2, 2021, amounts available for borrowing under our revolving credit facility totaled $2.25 billion. Our revolving credit 
facility is funded by a syndicate of 20 banks, with commitments ranging from $35 million to $175 million per bank. 

Commercial Paper Program
Our commercial paper program provides a low-cost source of borrowing to fund general corporate purposes including working capital 
requirements. The maximum borrowing capacity under the commercial paper program is $1 billion. The maturities of the notes may 
vary, but may not exceed 397 days from the date of issuance. As of October 2, 2021, we had no commercial paper outstanding under 
this program. Our ability to access commercial paper in the future may be limited or its costs increased.

Capitalization
To monitor our credit ratings and our capacity for long-term financing, we consider various qualitative and quantitative factors. We 
monitor the ratio of our net debt to EBITDA as support for our long-term financing decisions. At October 2, 2021, and October 3, 
2020, the ratio of our net debt to EBITDA was 1.2x and 2.3x, respectively. Refer to Other Key Financial Measures below for an 
explanation and reconciliation to comparable Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) measures.

Credit Ratings

Revolving Credit Facility
S&P's applicable rating is "BBB+." Moody's applicable rating is "Baa2." The below table outlines the fees paid on the unused portion 
of the facility ("Facility Fee Rate") and letter of credit fees and borrowings ("All-in Borrowing Spread") that corresponds to the 
applicable ratings levels from S&P and Moody's.

Ratings Level (S&P/Moody's)

A-/A3/A- or above

BBB+/Baa1/BBB+

BBB/Baa2/BBB (current level)

BBB-/Baa3/BBB-

BB+/Ba1/BB+ or lower

Facility Fee Rate All-in Borrowing Spread

 0.090 %

 0.100 %

 0.125 %

 0.175 %

 0.225 %

 1.000 %

 1.125 %

 1.250 %

 1.375 %

 1.625 %

In the event the ratings fall within different levels, the applicable rate will be based upon the higher of the two Levels or, if there is 
more than a one-notch split between the two Levels, then the Applicable Rate will be based upon the Level that is one Level below the 
higher Level.

Debt Covenants
Our revolving credit facility contains affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: 
create liens and encumbrances; incur debt; merge, dissolve, liquidate or consolidate; make acquisitions and investments; dispose of or 
transfer assets; change the nature of our business; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and enter into hedging transactions, in 
each case, subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. In addition, we are required to maintain a minimum interest expense 
coverage ratio.

Our senior notes also contain affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: create 
liens; engage in certain sale/leaseback transactions; and engage in certain consolidations, mergers and sales of assets. 

We were in compliance with all debt covenants at October 2, 2021 and expect that we will maintain compliance.

34

Pension Plans
As further described in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 16: Pensions and Other Postretirement
Benefits, the funded status of our defined benefit pension plans is defined as the amount the projected benefit obligation exceeds the
plan assets. The funded status of the plans is an underfunded position of $215 million at the end of fiscal 2021 as compared to an
underfunded position of $234 million at the end of fiscal 2020. We expect to contribute approximately $14 million of cash to our
pension plans in fiscal 2022 as compared to approximately $15 million in fiscal 2021. The exact amount of cash contributions made to
pension plans in any year is dependent upon a number of factors, including minimum funding requirements. As a result, the actual
funding in fiscal 2022 may be different from the estimate.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements material to our financial position or results of operations. The off-balance sheet 
arrangements we have are guarantees of obligations related to certain outside third parties, including leases, debt and livestock grower 
loans, and residual value guarantees covering certain operating leases for various types of equipment. See Part II, Item 8, Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 21: Commitments and Contingencies for further discussion.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of October 2, 2021 (in millions): 

Debt principal payments (1)
Interest payments (2)
Guarantees (3)
Operating lease obligations (4)
Purchase obligations (5)
Capital expenditures (6)
Other long-term liabilities (7)
Total contractual commitments

Payments Due by Period

2022

2023-2024

2025-2026

2027 and 
thereafter

$ 

1,069  $ 

1,719  $ 

828  $ 

5,824  $ 

409 

24 

162 

2,455 

1,610 

— 

712 

15 

214 

455 

727 

— 

580 

34 

116 

201 

— 

— 

3,277 

26 

61 

124 

— 

— 

Total

9,440 

4,978 

99 

553 

3,235 

2,337 

817 

$ 

5,729  $ 

3,842  $ 

1,759  $ 

9,312  $ 

21,459 

(1)
(2)

In the event of a default on payment, acceleration of the principal payments could occur.
Interest payments include interest on all outstanding debt. Payments are estimated for variable rate and variable term debt based on effective 
interest rates at October 2, 2021, and expected payment dates.

(3) Amounts include guarantees of obligations related to certain outside third parties, which consist of leases, debt and livestock grower loans, all of 
which are substantially collateralized by the underlying assets, as well as residual value guarantees covering certain operating leases for various 
types of equipment. The amounts included are the maximum potential amount of future payments.

(4) For additional information regarding operating leases, refer to Part II, Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 6: Leases.
(5) Amounts include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and specify all significant terms, including: 
fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. The 
purchase obligations amount included items, such as future purchase commitments for grains and livestock purchase contracts, that provide 
terms that meet the above criteria. For certain grain purchase commitments with a fixed quantity provision, we have assumed the future 
obligations under the commitment based on available commodity futures prices as published in observable active markets as of October 2, 2021. 
We have excluded future purchase commitments for contracts that do not meet these criteria. Purchase orders are not included in the table, as a 
purchase order is an authorization to purchase and is cancellable. Contracts for goods or services that contain termination clauses without 
penalty have also been excluded.

(6) Amounts include estimated amounts to complete buildings and equipment under construction as of October 2, 2021.
(7) Other long-term liabilities primarily consist of deferred compensation, deferred income, self-insurance and asset retirement obligations. Amount 
also consists of $134 million of payroll tax deferrals associated with the CARES Act, which we expect will be paid in fiscal 2023. We are 
unable to reliably estimate the amount and timing of the remaining payments beyond fiscal 2021; therefore, we have only included the total 
liability in the table above. We also have employee benefit obligations consisting of pensions and other postretirement benefits of $285 million 
that are excluded from the table above. A discussion of the Company's pension and postretirement plans, including funding matters, is included 
in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 16: Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits.

In addition to the amounts shown above in the table, we have unrecognized tax benefits of $135 million and related interest and 
penalties of $49 million at October 2, 2021, recorded in Other long-term liabilities.

The potential maximum contractual obligation associated with our cash flow assistance programs at October 2, 2021, based on the 
estimated fair values of the livestock supplier’s net tangible assets on that date, aggregated to approximately $305 million. After 
analyzing residual credit risks and general market conditions, we had no allowance for these programs' estimated uncollectible 
receivables at October 2, 2021.

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OTHER KEY FINANCIAL MEASURES
The following are other key financial measures used by the Company for the purposes of assessing performance and highlighting 
operational trends as well as our ability to generate earnings sufficient to service out debt:

Net income
Less: Interest income
Add: Interest expense
Add: Income tax expense
Add: Depreciation
Add: Amortization (a)
EBITDA

Total gross debt
Less: Cash and cash equivalents
Less: Short-term investments

Total net debt

Ratio Calculations:
Gross debt/EBITDA
Net debt/EBITDA
Return on invested capital (b)
Total debt to capitalization (c)
Book value per share (d)

in millions, except ratio data

2021

2020

2019

$  3,060 
(8) 
428 
981 
934 
261 
$  5,656 

$  2,071 
(10) 
485 
593 
900 
278 
$  4,317 

$  9,348 
(2,507) 
— 
$  6,841 

$  11,339 
(1,420) 
— 
$  9,919 

1.7x
1.2x
 13.3% 
 34.4% 
48.95 

$ 

2.6x
2.3x
 9.2% 
 42.4% 
42.25 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,993 
(11) 
462 
381 
819 
267 
3,911 

11,932 
(484) 
(1) 
11,447 

3.1x
2.9x
 9.7% 
 45.8% 
38.59 

(a) Excludes the amortization of debt issuance and debt discount expense of $19 million, $14 million, $12 million for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, 

respectively, as it is included in Interest expense.

(b) Return on invested capital is calculated by dividing after-tax operating income, calculated by applying the Company's effective tax rate to 

operating income, by the average of beginning and ending total debt and shareholders’ equity less cash and cash equivalents.

(c) For the total debt to capitalization calculation, capitalization is defined as total debt plus total shareholders’ equity.

(d) Book value per share is calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity by the sum of Class A and B shares outstanding.

EBITDA is defined as net income before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Net debt to EBITDA represents the 
ratio of our debt, net of cash and short-term investments, to EBITDA. EBITDA and net debt to EBITDA are presented as 
supplemental financial measurements in the evaluation of our business. We believe the presentation of these financial measures helps 
investors to assess our operating performance from period to period, including our ability to generate earnings sufficient to service our 
debt, enhances understanding of our financial performance and highlights operational trends. These measures are widely used by 
investors and rating agencies in the valuation, comparison, rating and investment recommendations of companies; however, the 
measurements of EBITDA and net debt to EBITDA may not be comparable to those of other companies, which limits their usefulness 
as comparative measures. EBITDA and net debt to EBITDA are not measures required by or calculated in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") and should not be considered as substitutes for net income or any other measure of financial 
performance reported in accordance with GAAP or as a measure of operating cash flow or liquidity. EBITDA is a useful tool for 
assessing, but is not a reliable indicator of, our ability to generate cash to service our debt obligations because certain of the items 
added to net income to determine EBITDA involve outlays of cash. As a result, actual cash available to service our debt obligations 
will be different from EBITDA. Investors should rely primarily on our GAAP results, and use non-GAAP financial measures only 
supplementally, in making investment decisions.

RECENTLY ISSUED/ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Refer to the discussion under Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 1: Business and Summary of 
Significant Accounting Policies and Note 2: Changes in Accounting Principles. 

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions 
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated 
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from 
those estimates. We have considered the impact of the global COVID-19 pandemic on our consolidated financial statements. In 
addition to the COVID-19 impacts we have already experienced, and continue to experience, there are likely to be future impacts, the 
ultimate extent of which is uncertain and largely subject to whether the severity worsens or duration lengthens. These impacts could 
include but may not be limited to risks and uncertainty related to worker availability, our ability to operate production facilities, 
demand-driven production facility closures, shifts in demand between sales channels and market volatility in our supply chain. 
Consequently, this may subject us to future risk of material goodwill, intangible and long-lived asset impairments, increased reserves 
for uncollectible accounts, and adjustments for inventory and market volatility for items subject to fair value measurements such as 
derivatives and investments. The following is a summary of certain accounting estimates we consider critical. These estimates require 
levels of subjectivity and judgment, which could result in actual results differing from our estimates.

Contingent liabilities

Description
We are subject to lawsuits, investigations and other claims related to wage and hour/labor, antitrust, environmental, product, taxing 
authorities and other matters, and are required to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters, as well 
as potential ranges of probable losses.

A determination of the amount of reserves and disclosures required, if any, for these contingencies is made after considerable analysis 
of each individual issue. We accrue for contingent liabilities when an assessment of the risk of loss is probable and can be reasonably 
estimated. We disclose contingent liabilities when the risk of loss is reasonably possible or probable.

Judgments and Uncertainties
Our contingent liabilities contain uncertainties because the eventual outcome will result from future events, and determination of 
current reserves requires estimates and judgments related to future changes in facts and circumstances, differing interpretations of the 
law and assessments of the amount of damages, and the effectiveness of strategies or other factors beyond our control.

Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our contingent liabilities during the past 
three fiscal years. As set forth in Part II, Item 8, Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 21: Commitments and 
Contingencies, we recognized $626 million of charges in fiscal 2021 from legal accruals related to our broiler antitrust civil litigation, 
broiler chicken grower litigation, and wage rate litigation based on our assessment of the likelihood and amount of probable losses. 
We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate our 
contingent liabilities. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to gains or 
losses that could be material.

Revenue recognition

Description
We recognize revenue for the sale of our product at the point in time when our performance obligation has been satisfied and control 
of the product has transferred to our customer, which generally occurs upon shipment or delivery to a customer based on terms of the 
sale. Revenue is measured by the transaction price, which is defined as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange 
for providing goods to customers. The transaction price is adjusted for estimates of known or expected variable consideration, which 
includes consumer incentives, trade promotions, and allowances, such as coupons, discounts, rebates, volume-based incentives, 
cooperative advertising, and other programs. Variable consideration related to these programs is recorded as a reduction to revenue 
based on amounts we expect to pay.

Judgments and Uncertainties
The transaction price contains estimates of known or expected variable consideration. We base these estimates on current 
performance, historical utilization, and projected redemption rates of each program. We review and update these estimates regularly 
until the incentives or product returns are realized and the impact of any adjustments are recognized in the period the adjustments are 
identified.

Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions used to recognize 
revenue. As noted above, estimates are made based on historical experience and other factors. Typically, programs that are offered 
have a short duration, and historically, the difference between actual experience compared to estimated redemptions and performance 
has not been significant to the quarterly or annual financial statements. However, if the level of redemption rates or performance were 
to vary significantly from estimates, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material. We have not made any material 
changes in the accounting methodology used to recognize revenue during the past three fiscal years.

37

Accrued self-insurance

Description
We are self-insured for certain losses related to health and welfare, workers’ compensation, auto liability and general liability claims. 
We use an independent third-party actuary to assist in determining our self-insurance liability. We and the actuary consider a number 
of factors when estimating our self-insurance liability, including claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and other 
actuarial assumptions. We periodically review our estimates and assumptions with our third-party actuary to assist us in determining 
the adequacy of our self-insurance liability. Our policy is to maintain an accrual at the actuarial estimated median.

Judgments and Uncertainties
Our self-insurance liability contains uncertainties due to assumptions required and judgments used. Costs to settle our obligations, 
including legal and healthcare costs, could increase or decrease causing estimates of our self-insurance liability to change. Incident 
rates, including frequency and severity, could increase or decrease causing estimates in our self-insurance liability to change.

Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our self-insurance liability during the past 
three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions 
used to calculate our self-insurance liability. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may 
be exposed to gains or losses that could be material. A 10% change in the actuarial estimate at October 2, 2021, would not have a 
significant impact on our liability.

Income taxes

Description
We estimate total income tax expense based on statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to us in various 
jurisdictions in which we earn income. Income tax includes an estimate for withholding taxes on earnings of foreign subsidiaries 
expected to be remitted to the United States but does not include an estimate for taxes on earnings considered to be indefinitely 
invested in the foreign subsidiary. Deferred income taxes are recognized for the future tax effects of temporary differences between 
financial and income tax reporting using tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation 
allowances are recorded when it is likely a tax benefit will not be realized for a deferred tax asset. We record unrecognized tax benefit 
liabilities for known or anticipated tax issues based on our analysis of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due.

Judgments and Uncertainties
Changes in projected future earnings could affect the recorded valuation allowances in the future. Our calculations related to income 
taxes contain uncertainties due to judgment used to calculate tax liabilities in the application of complex tax regulations across the tax 
jurisdictions where we operate. Our analysis of unrecognized tax benefits contains uncertainties based on judgment used to apply the 
more likely than not recognition and measurement thresholds.

Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
Changes in tax laws and rates could affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future. Other than those potential impacts, 
we do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the tax related balances or valuation allowances. 
However, due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially 
different from the current estimate of the tax liabilities. To the extent we prevail in matters for which unrecognized tax benefit 
liabilities have been established, or are required to pay amounts in excess of our recorded unrecognized tax benefit liabilities, our 
effective tax rate in a given financial statement period could be materially affected. An unfavorable tax settlement would require use 
of our cash and generally result in an increase in our effective tax rate in the period of resolution. A favorable tax settlement would 
generally be recognized as a reduction in our effective tax rate in the period of resolution.

Defined benefit pension plans

Description
We sponsor four defined benefit pension plans that provide retirement benefits to certain team members. We also participate in a 
multi-employer plan that provides defined benefits to certain team members covered by collective bargaining agreements. Such plans 
are usually administered by a board of trustees composed of the management of the participating companies and labor representatives. 
We use independent third-party actuaries to assist us in determining our pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost. We and the 
actuaries review assumptions that include estimates of the present value of the projected future pension payment to all plan 
participants, taking into consideration the likelihood of potential future events such as salary increases and demographic experience. 
We accumulate and amortize the effect of actuarial gains and losses over future periods. Net periodic benefit cost for the defined 
benefit pension plans was $11 million in fiscal 2021. The projected benefit obligation was $248 million at the end of fiscal 2021. 
Unrecognized actuarial loss was $40 million at the end of fiscal 2021. We currently expect net periodic benefit cost associated with 
our pension plans to be approximately $10 million in fiscal 2022. We expect to contribute approximately $14 million of cash to our 
pension plans in fiscal 2022. The exact amount of cash contributions made to pension plans in any year is dependent upon a number of 
factors, including minimum funding requirements.

38

Judgments and Uncertainties
Our defined benefit pension plans contain uncertainties due to assumptions required and judgments used. The key assumptions used in 
developing the required estimates include such factors as discount rates, expected returns on plan assets, retirement rates, and 
mortality. These assumptions can have a material impact upon the funded status and the net periodic benefit cost. The expected 
liquidation of certain plans has been considered along with these assumptions. The discount rates were determined using a cash flow 
matching technique whereby the rates of a yield curve, developed from high-quality debt securities, were applied to the benefit 
obligations to determine the appropriate discount rate. In determining the long-term rate of return on plan assets, we first examined 
historical rates of return for the various asset classes within the plans. We then determined a long-term projected rate-of-return based 
on expected returns. Investment, management and other fees paid out of plan assets are factored into the determination of asset return 
assumptions. Retirement rates are based primarily on actual plan experience, while standard actuarial tables are used to estimate 
mortality. It is reasonably likely that changes in external factors will result in changes to the assumptions used to measure pension 
obligations and net periodic benefit cost in future periods. 

The risks of participating in multi-employer plans are different from single-employer plans. The net pension cost of the multi-
employer plans is equal to the annual contribution determined in accordance with the provisions of negotiated labor contracts. Assets 
contributed to such plans are not segregated or otherwise restricted to provide benefits only to our team members. The future cost of 
these plans is dependent on a number of factors including the funded status of the plans and the ability of the other participating 
companies to meet ongoing funding obligations. 

Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our pension obligations and net periodic 
benefit cost during the past three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the 
estimates or assumptions used to calculate our pension obligations and net periodic benefit cost. However, if actual results are not 
consistent with our estimates or assumptions, they are accumulated and amortized over future periods and, therefore generally affect 
the net periodic benefit cost in future periods. A 1% change in the discount rate at October 2, 2021, would not have a significant 
impact on the projected benefit obligation or net periodic benefit cost. A 1% change in the return on plan assets at October 2, 2021, 
would not have a significant impact on net periodic benefit cost. The sensitivities reflect the impact of changing one assumption at a 
time with the remaining assumptions held constant. Economic factors and conditions often affect multiple assumptions simultaneously 
and the effect of changes in assumptions are not necessarily linear.

Impairment of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets

Description
Goodwill is evaluated for impairment by first performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether a quantitative goodwill test is 
necessary. If it is determined, based on qualitative factors, the fair value of the reporting unit may be more likely than not less than its 
carrying amount or if significant changes to macro-economic factors related to the reporting unit have occurred that could materially 
impact fair value, a quantitative goodwill impairment test would be required. The quantitative test compares the fair value of a 
reporting unit with its carrying amount. Additionally, we can elect to forgo the qualitative assessment and perform the quantitative 
test. Upon performing the quantitative test, if the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is 
recognized in an amount equal to that excess, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. 

For indefinite life intangible assets, a qualitative assessment can also be performed to determine whether the existence of events and 
circumstances indicates it is more likely than not an intangible asset is impaired. Similar to goodwill, we can also elect to forgo the 
qualitative test for indefinite life intangible assets and perform the quantitative test. Upon performing the quantitative test, if the 
carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

We have elected to make the first day of the fourth quarter the annual impairment assessment date for goodwill and indefinite life 
intangible assets. However, we could be required to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets outside 
of the required annual assessment if, among other things, we experience disruptions to the business, unexpected significant declines in 
operating results, divestiture of a significant component of the business or a sustained decline in market capitalization.

Judgments and Uncertainties
We estimate the fair value of our reporting units considering the use of various valuation techniques, with the primary technique being 
an income approach (discounted cash flow method) and another technique being a market approach (guideline public company 
method), which use significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy. We include assumptions 
about sales growth, operating margins, discount rates and valuation multiples which consider our budgets, business plans, economic 
projections and marketplace data, and are believed to reflect market participant views which would exist in an exit transaction. 
Assumptions are also made for varying perpetual growth rates for periods beyond the long-term business plan period. Generally, we 
utilize operating margin assumptions based on future expectations, operating margins historically realized in the reporting units’ 
industries and industry marketplace valuation multiples. 

39

Our Chicken segment reporting units had goodwill at October 2, 2021 of $3.3 billion. We generally assumed operating margins in 
future years would normalize over time as we believe this is consistent with market participant views in an exit transaction. Had we 
assumed future operating margins consistent with those realized in the current fiscal year, we would have failed the quantitative step 
of the annual impairment test, which may have resulted in a material goodwill impairment loss. The current year results were not 
indicative of future market participant expectations in an exit transaction primarily due to a decline in hatch rate, a challenging labor 
environment and market disruptions, which impacts we expect to be mostly temporary in nature. To pass the first step of the annual 
impairment test in fiscal 2021, projected long-term operating margins, utilizing the discounted cash flow method, had to exceed 
approximately 3.1% on a weighted average basis, which has been achieved in eight of the previous ten years. An increase in the 
discount rates of approximately 130 basis points on a weighted average basis would have caused the carrying values of our material 
Chicken reporting units to exceed their discounted cash flows' fair values. 

Our International reporting units, which are presented in International/Other for segment presentation, had goodwill at October 2, 2021 
of $0.4 billion, which originated from acquisitions in fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018. We generally assumed operating margins in future 
years would increase as we continue to integrate recent acquisitions and implement our international growth strategy, as we believe 
this is consistent with market participant views in an exit transaction. Had we assumed future operating margins consistent with those 
realized in the current fiscal year, reporting units with goodwill totaling $0.2 billion at October 2, 2021 would have failed the 
quantitative step of the annual impairment test, which may have resulted in a material goodwill impairment loss. We are still 
integrating the recent acquisitions and executing our international and global business strategy, in addition to managing through the 
temporary impacts of COVID-19. To pass the first step of the annual impairment test in fiscal 2021, projected long-term operating 
margins, utilizing the discounted cash flow method, had to exceed 2%. An increase in the discount rates of approximately 50 basis 
points would have caused the carrying values of the International reporting units to exceed their discounted cash flows' fair values.

The fair value of our indefinite life intangible assets is calculated principally using multi-period excess earnings and relief-from-
royalty valuation approaches, which uses significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy, and 
is believed to reflect market participant views which would exist in an exit transaction. Under these valuation approaches, we are 
required to make estimates and assumptions about sales growth, operating margins, royalty rates and discount rates based on budgets, 
business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. 

Our impairment analysis contains uncertainties due to uncontrollable events that could positively or negatively impact the anticipated 
future economic and operating conditions.

Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made material changes in the accounting methodology used to evaluate impairment of goodwill and intangible assets 
during the last three years. During fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, all of our material reporting units and indefinite life intangible assets 
passed the impairment analysis. 

Some of the inherent estimates and assumptions used in determining fair value of the reporting units and indefinite life intangible 
assets are outside the control of management, including interest rates, cost of capital, tax rates, market EBITDA comparables and 
credit ratings. While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and assumptions to calculate the fair value of the reporting units 
and indefinite life intangibles, it is possible a material change could occur. If our actual results are not consistent with our estimates 
and assumptions used to calculate fair value, it could result in material impairments of our goodwill. 

All of our material reporting units’ estimated fair value exceeded their carrying value by more than 20% at the date of their most 
recent estimated fair value determination, other than the Chicken segment and International reporting units. Consequently, we do not 
currently consider any of our other material reporting units at significant risk of impairment. 

Our fiscal 2021, 2020, and 2019 indefinite life intangible assets impairment analyses did not result in an impairment charge. All 
indefinite life intangible assets’ estimated fair value exceeded their carrying value by more than 20% at the date of their most recent 
estimated fair value determination. Consequently, we do not currently consider any of our material indefinite life intangible assets at 
significant risk of impairment.

Impairment of long-lived assets and definite life intangibles

Description
Long-lived assets and definite life intangibles are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the 
carrying value may not be recoverable. Examples include a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which we use the 
asset, a change in its physical condition, or an unexpected change in financial performance.

When evaluating long-lived assets and definite life intangibles for impairment, we compare the carrying value of the asset to the 
asset’s estimated undiscounted future cash flows. An impairment is indicated if the estimated future cash flows are less than the 
carrying value of the asset. For assets held for sale, we compare the carrying value of the disposal group to fair value. The impairment 
is the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the asset.

We recorded impairment charges related to long-lived assets and definite life intangibles of $60 million, $48 million and $94 million, 
in fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

40

Judgments and Uncertainties
Our impairment analysis contains uncertainties due to judgment in assumptions, including useful lives and intended use of assets, 
observable market valuations, forecasted sales growth, operating margins, royalty rates and discount rates based on budgets, business 
plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data that reflects the risk inherent in future cash flows to 
determine fair value.

Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to evaluate the impairment of long-lived assets or 
definite life intangibles during the last three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material 
change in the estimates or assumptions used to calculate impairments or useful lives of long-lived assets or definite life intangibles. 
However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions used to calculate estimated future cash flows, we may 
be exposed to impairment losses that could be material. We periodically conduct projects to strategically evaluate optimization of such 
items as network capacity, manufacturing efficiencies and business technology. If we have a significant change in strategies, outlook, 
or a manner in which we plan to use these assets, we may be exposed to future impairments. 

Business Combinations

Description
We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that once control of a business is 
obtained, 100% of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including amounts attributed to noncontrolling interests, be recorded at 
the date of acquisition at their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets 
acquired is recorded as goodwill.

We use various models to determine the value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed such as net realizable value to value 
inventory, cost method and market approach to value property, relief-from-royalty and multi-period excess earnings to value 
intangibles and discounted cash flow to value goodwill.

For significant acquisitions we may use independent third-party valuation specialists to assist us in determining the fair value of assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed. 

Judgments and Uncertainties
Significant judgment is often required in estimating the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, particularly intangible 
assets. We make estimates and assumptions about projected future cash flows including sales growth, operating margins, attrition 
rates, and discount rates based on historical results, business plans, expected synergies, perceived risk and marketplace data 
considering the perspective of marketplace participants. 

Determining the useful life of an intangible asset also requires judgment as different types of intangible assets will have different 
useful lives and certain assets may be considered to have indefinite useful lives.

Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
While management believes those expectations and assumptions are reasonable, they are inherently uncertain. Unanticipated market or 
macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions, 
which could result in subsequent impairments. We had no material business combinations during fiscal 2021.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk relating to our operations results primarily from changes in commodity prices, interest rates and foreign exchange rates, as 
well as credit risk concentrations. To address certain of these risks, we enter into various derivative transactions as described below. If 
a derivative instrument is accounted for as a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of the instrument 
either will be offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or firm commitments through earnings, or be 
recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portion of an 
instrument’s change in fair value is recognized immediately. 

Further, we hold certain positions, primarily in grain and livestock futures that either do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting or 
are not designated as hedges. With the exception of normal purchases and normal sales that are expected to result in physical delivery, 
we record these positions at fair value, and the unrealized gains and losses are reported in earnings at each reporting date. 

The sensitivity analyses presented below are the measures of potential losses of fair value resulting from hypothetical changes in 
market prices related to commodities. Sensitivity analyses do not consider the actions we may take to mitigate our exposure to 
changes, nor do they consider the effects such hypothetical adverse changes may have on overall economic activity. Actual changes in 
market prices may differ from hypothetical changes.

41

COMMODITIES RISK
We purchase certain commodities, such as grains and livestock in the course of normal operations. As part of our commodity risk 
management activities, we use derivative financial instruments, primarily forwards and options, to reduce the effect of changing prices 
and as a mechanism to procure the underlying commodity. However, as the commodities underlying our derivative financial 
instruments can experience significant price fluctuations, any requirement to mark-to-market the positions that have not been 
designated or do not qualify as hedges could result in volatility in our results of operations. Contract terms of a hedge instrument 
closely mirror those of the hedged item providing a high degree of risk reduction and correlation. Contracts designated and highly 
effective at meeting this risk reduction and correlation criteria are recorded using hedge accounting. We generally do not hedge
anticipated transactions beyond 18 months. The following table presents a sensitivity analysis resulting from a hypothetical change of 
10% in market prices as of October 2, 2021 and October 3, 2020, on the fair value of open positions. The fair value of such positions 
is a summation of the fair values calculated for each commodity by valuing each net position at quoted forward and option prices. The 
market risk exposure analysis included both derivatives designated as hedge instruments and derivatives not designated as hedge 
instruments.

Effect of 10% change in fair value

Livestock:

Live Cattle

Lean Hogs

Grain:

Corn

Soybean Meal

2021

in millions

2020

$ 

42  $ 

38 

24 

26 

24 

19 

23 

28 

INTEREST RATE RISK
At October 2, 2021, we had variable rate debt of $11 million with a weighted average interest rate of 3.0%. A hypothetical 10% 
increase in interest rates effective at October 2, 2021, and October 3, 2020, would have a minimal effect on interest expense.

Additionally, changes in interest rates impact the fair value of our fixed-rate debt. At October 2, 2021, we had fixed-rate debt of 
$9,337 million with a weighted average interest rate of 4.49%. Market risk for fixed-rate debt is estimated as the potential increase in 
fair value, resulting from a hypothetical 10% decrease in interest rates. A hypothetical 10% decrease in interest rates would have 
increased the fair value of our fixed-rate debt by approximately $154 million at October 2, 2021, and $108 million at October 3, 2020. 
The fair values of our debt were estimated based on quoted market prices and/or published interest rates.

We are subject to interest rate risk associated with our pension and post-retirement benefit obligations. Changes in interest rates impact 
the liabilities associated with these benefit plans as well as the amount of income or expense recognized for these plans. Declines in 
the value of the plan assets could diminish the funded status of the pension plans and potentially increase the requirements to make 
cash contributions to these plans. See Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 16: Pensions and Other 
Postretirement Benefits for additional information.

FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK
We have foreign exchange exposure from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates primarily as a result of certain receivable 
and payable balances. The primary currencies we have exposure to are the Australian dollar, the Brazilian real, the British pound 
sterling, the Canadian dollar, the Chinese renminbi, the European euro, the Malaysian ringgit, the Mexican peso, and the Thai baht. 
We periodically enter into foreign exchange forward and option contracts to hedge some portion of our foreign currency exposure. A 
hypothetical 10% change in foreign exchange rates related to the foreign exchange forward and option contracts would have had a $13 
million and $54 million impact on pretax income at October 2, 2021 and October 3, 2020, respectively.

CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
Our financial instruments exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents and trade receivables. Our cash 
equivalents are in high quality securities placed with major banks and financial institutions. Concentrations of credit risk with respect 
to receivables are limited due to our large number of customers and their dispersion across geographic areas. We perform periodic 
credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and generally do not require collateral. At October 2, 2021 and October 3, 
2020, 16.3% and 16.5%, respectively, of our net accounts receivable balance was due from Walmart Inc. No other single customer or 
customer group represented 10% or greater of net accounts receivable.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

TYSON FOODS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

Sales
Cost of Sales
Gross Profit
Selling, General and Administrative
Operating Income
Other (Income) Expense:
Interest income
Interest expense
Other, net
Total Other (Income) Expense
Income before Income Taxes
Income Tax Expense
Net Income
Less: Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests
Net Income Attributable to Tyson
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding:
Class A Basic
Class B Basic
Diluted
Net Income Per Share Attributable to Tyson:
Class A Basic
Class B Basic
Diluted

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

Three years ended October 2, 2021
in millions, except per share data
2019
42,405 
37,383 
5,022 
2,252 
2,770 

2020
43,185  $ 
37,801 
5,384 
2,376 
3,008 

2021
47,049  $ 
40,523 
6,526 
2,130 
4,396 

(8)   

428 
(65)   
355 
4,041 
981 
3,060 
13 
3,047  $ 

293 
70 
365 

8.57  $ 
7.70  $ 
8.34  $ 

(10)   
485 
(131)   
344 
2,664 
593 
2,071 
10 
2,061  $ 

293 
70 
365 

5.79  $ 
5.21  $ 
5.64  $ 

(11) 
462 
(55) 
396 
2,374 
381 
1,993 
13 
1,980 

293 
70 
366 

5.56 
4.99 
5.40 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TYSON FOODS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Net Income

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Taxes:

Derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges

Investments

Currency translation

Postretirement benefits

Total Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Taxes

Comprehensive Income
Less: Comprehensive Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

Three years ended October 2, 2021
in millions
2019

2020

2021

$ 

3,060  $ 

2,071  $ 

1,993 

2 

(1)   

17 

(11)   

7 

3,067 

13 

9 

1 

(29)   

(43)   

(62)   

2,009 

10 

(15) 

2 

(23) 

(66) 

(102) 

1,891 

13 

1,878 

Comprehensive Income Attributable to Tyson

$ 

3,054  $ 

1,999  $ 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TYSON FOODS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

October 2, 2021, and October 3, 2020
in millions, except share and per share data

2021

2020

Assets
Current Assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Accounts receivable, net

Inventories

Other current assets

Total Current Assets

Net Property, Plant and Equipment

Goodwill

Intangible Assets, net
Other Assets
Total Assets
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

Current Liabilities:

Current debt

Accounts payable

Other current liabilities

Total Current Liabilities

Long-Term Debt

Deferred Income Taxes

Other Liabilities

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 21)
Shareholders’ Equity:

Common stock ($0.10 par value):

Class A-authorized 900 million shares, issued 378 million shares

Convertible Class B-authorized 900 million shares, issued 70 million shares

Capital in excess of par value

Retained earnings

Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss)
Treasury stock, at cost – 83 million shares at October 2, 2021 and October 3, 2020 

Total Tyson Shareholders’ Equity

Noncontrolling Interests

Total Shareholders’ Equity

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

45

$ 

2,507  $ 

$ 

$ 

2,400 

4,382 

533 

9,822 

7,837 

10,549 

6,519 
1,582 

36,309  $ 

1,067  $ 

2,225 

3,033 

6,325 

8,281 

2,195 

1,654 

38 

7 

4,486 

17,502 

(172)   
(4,138)   

17,723 

131 

17,854 

$ 

36,309  $ 

1,420 

1,952 

3,859 

367 

7,598 

7,596 

10,899 

6,774 
1,589 

34,456 

548 

1,876 

1,810 

4,234 

10,791 

2,317 

1,728 

38 

7 

4,433 

15,100 

(179) 
(4,145) 

15,254 

132 

15,386 

34,456 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TYSON FOODS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Class A Common Stock:
Balance at beginning and end of year
Class B Common Stock:
Balance at beginning and end of year
Capital in Excess of Par Value:
Balance at beginning of year

Stock-based compensation and Other

Balance at end of year
Retained Earnings:
Balance at beginning of year

Net income attributable to Tyson
Dividends

Balance at end of year

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax:

Balance at beginning of year

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Balance at end of year
Treasury Stock:
Balance at beginning of year

Purchase of Class A common stock
Stock-based compensation

Balance at end of year
 Total Shareholders’ Equity Attributable to Tyson
Equity Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests:
Balance at beginning of year

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Distributions to noncontrolling interest
Business combination and other

Total Equity Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

Total Shareholders’ Equity

Three years ended October 2, 2021
in millions

2021

2020

2019

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

378  $ 

38 

378  $ 

38 

378  $ 

38 

70 

7 

70 

7 

70 

7 

4,433 
53 
4,486 

  15,100 
3,047 
(645) 
  17,502 

(179) 
7 
(172) 

4,378 
55 
4,433 

  13,655 
2,061 
(616) 
  15,100 

(117) 
(62) 
(179) 

4,387 
(9) 
4,378 

  12,239 
1,980 
(564) 
  13,655 

(15) 
(102) 
(117) 

83 
1 
(1)   
83 

(4,145)   
(67)   
74 
(4,138)   

82 
2 
(1)   
83 

(4,011)   
(207)   
73 
(4,145)   

$  17,723 

$  15,254 

82 
4 
(4)   
82 

(3,943) 
(252) 
184 
(4,011) 
$  13,950 

$ 

132 
13 
(8) 
(6) 
$ 
131 
$  17,854 

$ 

144 
10 
(13) 
(9) 
$ 
132 
$  15,386 

$ 

8 
13 
(3) 
126 
$ 
144 
$  14,094 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 TYSON FOODS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:

Three years ended October 2, 2021
in millions
2019

2020

2021

$ 

3,060  $ 

2,071  $ 

1,993 

Depreciation
Amortization
Deferred income taxes
Gain on dispositions of businesses
Impairment of assets
Stock-based compensation expense
Other, net
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable
(Increase) decrease in inventories
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable
Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable/receivable
Increase (decrease) in interest payable
Net changes in other operating assets and liabilities

Cash Provided by Operating Activities
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
Additions to property, plant and equipment
Purchases of marketable securities
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Proceeds from sale of businesses
Acquisition of equity investments
Other, net
Cash Provided by (Used for) Investing Activities
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
Proceeds from issuance of debt
Payments on debt
Borrowings on revolving credit facility
Payments on revolving credit facility
Proceeds from issuance of commercial paper
Repayments of commercial paper
Purchases of Tyson Class A common stock
Dividends
Stock options exercised
Other, net
Cash Provided by (Used for) Financing Activities
Effect of Exchange Rate Change on Cash
Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash at Beginning of Year
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash at End of Year
Less: Restricted Cash at End of Year
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year

934 
280 
(125)   
(784)   
60 
91 
(57)   
(508)   
(567)   
351 
421 

(5)   

689 
3,840 

(1,209)   
(72)   
70 
— 
1,188 

(44)   
125 
58 

585 
(2,632)   
— 
— 
— 
— 
(67)   
(636)   
41 
(22)   
(2,731)   

4 
1,171 
1,466 
2,637 
130 
2,507  $ 

$ 

900 
292 
18 
— 
48 
89 
(124)   
191 
86 
(64)   
62 
(41)   
346 
3,874 

(1,199)   
(105)   
87 
— 
29 
(183)   
(52)   
(1,423)   

1,609 
(1,212)   
1,210 
(1,280)   
14,272 
(15,271)   
(207)   
(601)   
30 
(18)   
(1,468)   
(1)   

982 
484 
1,466 
46 
1,420  $ 

819 
279 
77 
(17) 
94 
77 
(20) 
(226) 
(157) 
(55) 
(254) 
47 
(144) 
2,513 

(1,259) 
(64) 
63 
(2,462) 
170 
— 
88 
(3,464) 

4,634 
(3,208) 
1,135 
(1,065) 
17,722 
(17,327) 
(252) 
(537) 
99 
(30) 
1,171 
(6) 
214 
270 
484 
— 
484 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TYSON FOODS, INC.

NOTE 1: BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description of Business
Tyson Foods, Inc. (collectively, “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our”), is one of the world's largest food companies and a recognized 
leader in protein. Founded in 1935 by John W. Tyson and grown under three generations of family leadership, the Company has a 
broad portfolio of products and brands including Tyson®, Jimmy Dean®, Hillshire Farm®, Ball Park®, Wright®, Aidells®, ibp® and 
State Fair®. We innovate continually to make protein more sustainable, tailor food for everywhere it’s available and raise the world’s 
expectations for how much good food can do. 

Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all wholly-owned subsidiaries, as well as majority-owned subsidiaries 
over which we exercise control and, when applicable, entities for which we have a controlling financial interest or variable interest 
entities for which we are the primary beneficiary. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in 
consolidation. 

Fiscal Year
We utilize a 52- or 53-week accounting period ending on the Saturday closest to September 30. The Company’s accounting cycle 
resulted in a 52-week year for fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2019 and a 53-week year for fiscal 2020.

Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents consist of investments in short-term, highly liquid securities having original maturities of three months or less, which 
are made as part of our cash management activity. The carrying values of these assets approximate their fair values. We primarily 
utilize a cash management system with a series of separate accounts consisting of lockbox accounts for receiving cash, concentration 
accounts where funds are moved to, and several zero-balance disbursement accounts for funding payroll, accounts payable, livestock 
procurement, livestock grower payments, etc. As a result of our cash management system, checks issued, but not presented to the 
banks for payment, may result in negative book cash balances. These negative book cash balances are included in accounts payable 
and other current liabilities. Checks outstanding in excess of related book cash balances totaled approximately $120 million and $200 
million at October 2, 2021, and October 3, 2020, respectively. 

Accounts Receivable
We record accounts receivable at net realizable value. This value includes an appropriate allowance for estimated credit losses to 
reflect any loss anticipated on the accounts receivable balances and charged to the allowance for credit losses. We calculate this 
allowance based on our history of write-offs, future economic conditions, level of past due accounts, and relationships with and 
economic status of our customers. At October 2, 2021, and October 3, 2020, our allowance for credit losses was $25 million and $26 
million, respectively. We generally do not have collateral for our receivables, but we do periodically evaluate the credit worthiness of 
our customers.

Inventories
Processed products, livestock and supplies and other are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost includes purchased 
raw materials, live purchase costs, livestock growout costs (primarily feed, livestock grower pay and catch and haul costs), labor and 
manufacturing and production overhead, which are related to the purchase and production of inventories. In fiscal 2021 and fiscal 
2020, the cost of inventories was determined by either the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method or the weighted-average method. The 
following table reflects the major components of inventory at October 2, 2021, and October 3, 2020 (in millions):

Processed products

Livestock

Supplies and other

Total inventory

2021

2,426  $ 

1,215 

741 

4,382  $ 

2020

2,223 

977 

659 

3,859 

$ 

$ 

Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and generally depreciated on a straight-line method over the estimated lives for 
buildings and leasehold improvements of 10 to 33 years, machinery and equipment of 3 to 12 years and land improvements and other 
of 3 to 20 years. Major repairs and maintenance costs that significantly extend the useful life of the related assets are capitalized. 
Normal repairs and maintenance costs are charged to operations. We review the carrying value of long-lived assets at each balance 
sheet date if indication of impairment exists. Recoverability is assessed using undiscounted cash flows based on historical results and 
current projections of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. We measure impairment as the excess of carrying 
value over the fair value of an asset group. The fair value of an asset group is generally measured using discounted cash flows 
including market participant assumptions of future operating results and discount rates.

48

 
 
 
 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Definite life intangibles are initially recorded at fair value and amortized over the estimated period of benefit. Brands and trademarks 
are generally amortized using the straight-line method over 20 years or less. Customer relationships and supply arrangements are 
generally amortized over 7 to 30 years based on the pattern of revenue expected to be generated from the use of the asset. The gross 
cost and accumulated amortization of intangible assets are removed when the recorded amounts are fully amortized and the asset is no 
longer in use or the contract has expired. Amortization expense is generally recognized in selling, general, and administrative expense. 
We review the carrying value of definite life intangibles at each balance sheet date if indication of impairment exists. Recoverability is 
assessed using undiscounted cash flows based on historical results and current projections of earnings before interest, taxes, 
depreciation and amortization. We measure impairment as the excess of carrying value over the fair value of the definite life intangible 
asset. We use various valuation techniques to estimate fair value, with the primary techniques being discounted cash flows, relief-
from-royalty and multi-period excess earnings valuation approaches, which use significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as 
defined by the fair value hierarchy. Under these valuation approaches, we are required to make estimates and assumptions about sales 
growth, operating margins, royalty rates and discount rates based on budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future 
cash flows and marketplace data. 

Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets are initially recorded at fair value and not amortized, but are reviewed for impairment at 
least annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Our goodwill is allocated by reporting unit and is evaluated for 
impairment by first performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether a quantitative goodwill test is necessary. If it is 
determined, based on qualitative factors, the fair value of the reporting unit may be more likely than not less than carrying amount, or 
if significant changes to macro-economic factors related to the reporting unit have occurred that could materially impact fair value, a 
quantitative goodwill impairment test would be required. Additionally, we can elect to forgo the qualitative assessment and perform 
the quantitative test. The quantitative test is to identify if a potential impairment exists by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit 
with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the fair value, an impairment loss is 
recognized in an amount equal to that excess, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.

We estimate the fair value of our reporting units considering the use of various valuation techniques, with the primary technique being 
an income approach (discounted cash flow method), with another technique being a market approach (guideline public company 
method), which use significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy. We include assumptions 
about sales growth, operating margins, discount rates and valuations multiples which consider our budgets, business plans, economic 
projections and marketplace data, and are believed to reflect market participant views which would exist in an exit transaction. 
Assumptions are also made for varying perpetual growth rates for periods beyond the long-term business plan period. Generally, we 
utilize operating margin assumptions based on future expectations, operating margins historically realized in the reporting units' 
industries and industry marketplace valuation multiples.

Some of the inherent estimates and assumptions used in determining fair value of the reporting units are outside the control of 
management, including interest rates, cost of capital, tax rates, market EBITDA comparables and credit ratings. While we believe we 
have made reasonable estimates and assumptions to calculate the fair value of the reporting units, it is possible a material change could 
occur. If our actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions used to calculate fair value, it could result in 
additional material impairments of our goodwill.

During fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, we determined none of our material reporting units' fair values were below its carrying value. All 
of our material reporting units’ estimated fair value exceeded their carrying value by more than 20% at the date of their most recent 
estimated fair value determination, other than our Chicken segment reporting units and International reporting units with goodwill 
totaling $3.3 billion and $0.2 billion, respectively, at October 2, 2021.

For our indefinite life intangible assets, a qualitative assessment can also be performed to determine whether the existence of events 
and circumstances indicates it is more likely than not an intangible asset is impaired. Similar to goodwill, we can also elect to forgo 
the qualitative test for indefinite life intangible assets and perform the quantitative test. Upon performing the quantitative test, if the 
carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. 

The fair value of our indefinite life intangible assets is calculated principally using multi-period excess earnings and relief-from-
royalty valuation approaches, which use significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy, and 
is believed to reflect market participant views which would exist in an exit transaction. Under these valuation approaches, we are 
required to make estimates and assumptions about sales growth, operating margins, royalty rates and discount rates based on budgets, 
business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. During fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, we 
determined the fair value of each of our indefinite life intangible assets exceeded its carrying value. All of our indefinite life intangible 
assets’ estimated fair value exceeded their carrying value by more than 20% at the date of their most recent estimated fair value 
determination.

49

Leases
We determine if an agreement is or contains a lease at its inception by evaluating if an identified asset exists that we control for a 
period of time. When a lease exists, we classify it as a finance or operating lease and record a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and a 
corresponding lease liability at lease commencement. We have elected to not record leases with a term of 12 months or less in our 
Consolidated Balance Sheets, and accordingly, lease expense for these short-term leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the 
lease term. Finance lease assets are presented within Net Property, Plant and Equipment and finance lease liabilities are presented 
within Current and Long-Term Debt in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Finance lease disclosures are omitted as they are deemed 
immaterial. Operating ROU assets are presented within Other Assets, and operating lease liabilities are recorded within Other current 
liabilities and Other Liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Lease assets are subject to review for impairment within the 
related long-lived asset group.

ROU assets are presented in our Consolidated Balance Sheets based on the present value of the corresponding liabilities and are 
adjusted for any prepayments, lease incentives received or initial direct costs incurred. The measurement of our ROU assets and 
liabilities includes all fixed payments and any variable payments based on an index or rate. Variable lease payments which do not 
depend on an index, or where rates are unknown, are excluded from lease payments in the measurement of the ROU asset and lease 
liability, and accordingly, are recognized as lease expense in the period the obligation for those payments is incurred. The present 
value of lease payments is based on our incremental borrowing rate according to the lease term and information available at the lease 
commencement date, as our lease arrangements generally do not provide an implicit interest rate. The incremental borrowing rate is 
derived using a hypothetically-collateralized borrowing cost, based on our revolving credit facility, plus a country risk factor, where 
applicable. We consider our credit rating and the current economic environment in determining the collateralized rate.

Our lease arrangements can include fixed or variable non-lease components, such as common area maintenance, taxes and labor. We 
account for each lease and any non-lease components associated with that lease as a single lease component for all asset classes, 
except production and livestock grower asset classes embedded in service and supply agreements, and other asset classes that include 
significant maintenance or service components. We account for lease and non-lease components of an agreement separately based on 
relative stand-alone prices either observable or estimated if observable prices are not readily available. For asset classes where an 
election was made not to separate lease and non-lease components, all costs associated with a lease contract are disclosed as lease 
costs. The accounting for some of the Company's leases may require significant judgment when determining whether a contract is or 
contains a lease, the lease term, and the likelihood of exercising renewal or termination options. Our leases can include options to 
extend or terminate use of the underlying assets. These options are included in the lease term used to determine ROU assets and 
corresponding liabilities when we are reasonably certain we will exercise the option. Additionally, certain leases can have residual 
value guarantees, which are included within our operating lease liabilities when considered probable. Our lease agreements do not 
include significant restrictions or covenants. 

Recognition, measurement and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease will depend on classification as a finance 
or operating lease. Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, whereas the amortization of 
finance lease assets is recognized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the underlying asset or the 
lease term. Operating lease expense and finance lease amortization are presented in Cost of Sales or Selling, General and 
Administrative in our Consolidated Statements of Income depending on the nature of the leased item. Interest expense on finance lease 
obligations is recorded over the lease term and is presented in Interest expense, based on the effective interest method. All operating 
lease cash payments and interest on finance leases are presented within Cash flows from operating activities and all finance lease 
principal payments are presented within cash flows from financing activities in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Investments
We have investments in joint ventures and other entities. The equity method of accounting is used for entities in which we exercise 
significant influence but do not have a controlling interest or a variable interest in which we are the primary beneficiary. Under the 
equity method of accounting, the initial investment is recorded at cost and the investment is subsequently adjusted for its proportionate 
share of earnings or losses and dividends, including consideration of basis differences resulting from the difference between the initial 
carrying amount of the investment and the underlying equity in net assets, as applicable. Equity method investments totaled 
$350 million and $287 million at October 2, 2021 and October 3, 2020, respectively.

Investments not accounted for using the equity method do not have readily determinable fair values and do not qualify for the practical 
expedient to measure the investment using a net asset value per share. These investments are recorded using the measurement 
alternative in which our equity interests are recorded at cost, less impairments, adjusted for observable price changes in orderly 
transactions for an identical or similar investment of the same issuer. At each reporting period, we assess if these investments continue 
to qualify for this measurement alternative. An impairment is recorded when there is evidence that the expected fair value of the 
investment has declined to below the recorded cost. Adjustments to the carrying value are recorded in Other, net in the Consolidated 
Statements of Income. Investments in joint ventures and other entities are reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in Other Assets.

We also have investments in marketable debt securities. We have determined all of our marketable debt securities are available-for-
sale investments. These investments are reported at fair value based on quoted market prices as of the balance sheet date, with 
unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, recorded in other comprehensive income. 

50

The amortized cost of debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. Such 
amortization is recorded in interest income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Realized gains 
and losses on the sale of debt securities and declines in value due to credit-related factors are recorded on a net basis in other income. 
Interest and dividends on securities classified as available-for-sale are recorded in interest income.

Accrued Self-Insurance
We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance mechanisms in an effort to mitigate the potential liabilities for health and 
welfare, workers’ compensation, auto liability and general liability risks. Liabilities associated with our risks retained are estimated, in 
part, by considering claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions.

Other Current Liabilities
Other current liabilities at October 2, 2021, and October 3, 2020, include (in millions):

Accrued salaries, wages and benefits

Taxes payable

Accrued current legal contingencies (a)

Other

Total other current liabilities

$ 

2021

897  $ 

729 

567 

840 

2020

823 

152 

18 

817 

$ 

3,033  $ 

1,810 

(a) As of October 2, 2021, $127 million of funds held in an escrow account for litigation settlements was included as restricted cash within Other 
current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of October 3, 2020, no restricted cash was included within Other current assets in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets

Defined Benefit Plans
We recognize the funded status of defined pension and postretirement plans in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The funded status is 
measured as the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the benefit obligation. We measure our plan assets and 
liabilities at the end of our fiscal year. For a defined benefit pension plan, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation; for 
any other defined benefit postretirement plan, such as a retiree health care plan, the benefit obligation is the accumulated 
postretirement benefit obligation. Any overfunded status is recognized as an asset and any underfunded status is recognized as a 
liability. Any transitional asset/liability, prior service cost or actuarial gain/loss that has not yet been recognized as a component of net 
periodic cost is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income. Accumulated other comprehensive income will be adjusted 
as these amounts are subsequently recognized as a component of net periodic benefit costs in future periods. 

Derivative Financial Instruments
We purchase certain commodities, such as grains and livestock in the course of normal operations. As part of our commodity risk 
management activities, we use derivative financial instruments, primarily futures and options, to reduce our exposure to various 
market risks related to these purchases, as well as to changes in foreign currency exchange and interest rates. Contract terms of a 
financial instrument qualifying as a hedge instrument closely mirror those of the hedged item, providing a high degree of risk 
reduction and correlation. Contracts designated and highly effective at meeting risk reduction and correlation criteria are recorded 
using hedge accounting. If a derivative instrument is accounted for as a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the 
fair value of the instrument either will be offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or firm commitments 
through earnings, or be recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. The 
ineffective portion of an instrument’s change in fair value is recognized immediately. Instruments we hold as part of our risk 
management activities that do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting are marked to fair value with unrealized gains or losses 
reported currently in earnings. Changes in market value of derivatives used in our risk management activities relating to inputs of 
forward sales contracts are recorded in Cost of Sales. Changes in market value of derivatives used in our risk management activities 
surrounding inventories on hand or anticipated purchases of inventories are recorded in Cost of Sales. Changes in market value of 
derivatives used in our risk management activities related to interest rates are recorded in Interest expense. Changes in the market 
value of derivatives used in our risk management activities related to foreign exchange contracts are recorded in Other, net. We 
generally do not hedge anticipated transactions beyond 18 months. 

Litigation Accruals
There are a variety of legal proceedings pending or threatened against us. Accruals are recorded when it is probable a liability has been 
incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated based on current law, progress of each case, opinions and views of 
legal counsel and other advisers, our experience in similar matters and intended response to the litigation. These amounts, which are 
not discounted and are exclusive of claims against third parties, are adjusted periodically as assessment efforts progress or additional 
information becomes available. We expense amounts for administering or litigating claims as incurred. Accruals for legal proceedings 
are included in Other current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue mainly through retail, foodservice, international, industrial and other distribution channels. Our revenues 
primarily result from contracts with customers and are generally short term in nature with the delivery of product as the single 
performance obligation. We recognize revenue for the sale of the product at the point in time when our performance obligation has 
been satisfied and control of the product has transferred to our customer, which generally occurs upon shipment or delivery to a 
customer based on terms of the sale. We elected to account for shipping and handling activities that occur after the customer has 
obtained control of the product as a fulfillment cost rather than an additional promised service. Our contracts are generally less than 
one year, and therefore we recognize costs paid to third party brokers to obtain contracts as expenses. Additionally, items that are not 
material in the context of the contract are recognized as expense. Any taxes collected on behalf of government authorities are excluded 
from net revenues.

Revenue is measured by the transaction price, which is defined as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for 
providing goods to customers. The transaction price is adjusted for estimates of known or expected variable consideration, which 
includes consumer incentives, trade promotions, and allowances, such as coupons, discounts, rebates, volume-based incentives, 
cooperative advertising, and other programs. Variable consideration related to these programs is recorded as a reduction to revenue 
based on amounts we expect to pay. We base these estimates on current performance, historical utilization, and projected redemption 
rates of each program. We review and update these estimates regularly until the incentives or product returns are realized and the 
impact of any adjustments are recognized in the period the adjustments are identified. In many cases, key sales terms such as pricing 
and quantities ordered are established on a regular basis such that most customer arrangements and related incentives have a duration 
of less than one year. Amounts billed and due from customers are short term in nature and are classified as receivables since payments 
are unconditional and only the passage of time is required before payments are due. Additionally, we do not grant payment financing 
terms greater than one year. Freight expense associated with products shipped to customers is recognized in cost of sales.

Advertising Expenses
Advertising expense is charged to operations in the period incurred and is recorded as selling, general and administrative expense. 
Advertising expense totaled $246 million, $283 million, and $276 million in fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Research and Development
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs totaled $114 million, $98 million, $97 
million in fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Business Combinations
We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that once control of a business is 
obtained, 100% of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests, be recorded 
at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets 
acquired is recorded as goodwill. Acquisition-related expenses including transaction and integration costs are expensed as incurred.

We use various models to determine the value of assets acquired such as net realizable value to value inventory, cost method and 
market approach to value property, relief-from-royalty and multi-period excess earnings to value intangibles, and discounted cash flow 
to value goodwill. We make estimates and assumptions about projected future cash flows including sales growth, operating margins, 
attrition rates, and discount rates based on historical results, business plans, expected synergies, perceived risk, and market place data 
considering the perspective of marketplace participants. Determining the useful life of an intangible asset also requires judgment as 
different types of intangible assets will have different useful lives and certain assets may be considered to have indefinite useful lives.

Use of Estimates
The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, 
which require us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and 
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Risks and Uncertainties
We have considered the impact of the global novel coronavirus pandemic (“COVID-19” or “pandemic”) on our consolidated financial 
statements. In addition to the COVID-19 impacts already experienced, there likely will be future impacts, the extent of which is 
uncertain and largely subject to whether the severity worsens or duration lengthens. These impacts could include but may not be 
limited to risks and uncertainty related to worker availability, our ability to operate production facilities, demand-driven production 
facility idling, shifts in demand between sales channels and market volatility in our supply chain. Consequently, this may subject us to 
future risk of material goodwill, intangible and long-lived asset impairments, increased allowance for credit losses, and adjustments 
for inventory and market volatility for items subject to fair value measurements such as derivatives and investments.

52

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In August 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance that simplifies the accounting for debt with 
conversion options, revises the criteria for applying the derivative scope exception for contracts in an entity’s own equity, and 
improves the consistency for the calculation of earnings per share. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods and interim 
periods within those annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021, our fiscal 2023. Early adoption is permitted for 
annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, our fiscal 2022. We early adopted 
this guidance as of the beginning of the first quarter of fiscal 2022 and it did not have an impact on our consolidated financial 
statements.

In March 2020, the FASB issued guidance providing optional expedients and exceptions to account for the effects of reference rate 
reform to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be 
discontinued. The optional guidance, which became effective on March 12, 2020 and can be applied through December 21, 2022, has 
not impacted our consolidated financial statements. The Company has various contracts that reference LIBOR and is assessing how 
this standard may be applied to specific contract modifications through December 31, 2022.

In December 2019, the FASB issued guidance that simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to 
general principles in Topic 740 and clarifies other general principles by adding certain requirements to Topic 740. The guidance is 
effective for annual reporting periods and interim periods within those annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020, 
our fiscal 2022. We adopted this guidance as of the beginning of the first quarter of fiscal 2022, and it did not have an impact on our 
consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2: CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

In June 2016, the FASB issued guidance that provides more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial 
instruments and changes the loss impairment methodology. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods and interim periods 
within those annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, our fiscal 2021. For available-for-sale debt securities 
previously impaired, the amendments should be applied prospectively; otherwise, the modified-retrospective transition method should 
be applied. We adopted this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2021 using the modified retrospective transition method. Prior 
periods were not adjusted and, based on our implementation assessment, no cumulative-effect adjustment was made to the opening 
balance of retained earnings. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 
For further description of our policies for accounts receivable and investments refer to Note 1: Business and Summary of Significant 
Accounting Policies and to Note 14: Fair Value Measurements for available-for-sale debt securities.

NOTE 3: ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS 

Acquisitions
In the third quarter of fiscal 2021, we acquired a 49% minority interest in a Malaysian producer of feed and poultry products for 
$44 million in addition to future contingent payments of up to approximately $65 million. We are accounting for the investment under 
the equity method.

On January 15, 2020, we acquired a 40% minority interest in a vertically-integrated Brazilian poultry producer for $122 million. On 
February 7, 2020, we acquired a 50% interest in a joint venture serving the worldwide fats and oils market for $61 million. We are 
accounting for both of these investments under the equity method.

On June 3, 2019, we acquired the Thai and European operations of BRF S.A. ("Thai and European operations") for $326 million, net 
of cash acquired, subject to certain adjustments, as a part of our growth strategy to expand offerings of value-added protein in global 
markets. Its results, subsequent to the acquisition closing, are included in International/Other for segment presentation. The purchase 
price allocation included $262 million of net working capital, including $56 million of cash acquired, $89 million of Property, Plant 
and Equipment, $47 million of Goodwill, $23 million of Intangible Assets, $24 million of Other Liabilities, $8 million of Deferred 
Income Taxes and $7 million of Noncontrolling Interest. Intangible Assets included customer relationships which will be amortized 
over a life of 7 years. We do not expect the goodwill to be deductible for income tax purposes. During fiscal 2020, we recorded 
measurement period adjustments, which increased Goodwill by $46 million, including a reduction to net working capital of $45 
million, a reduction to Property, Plant and Equipment of $4 million, and a decrease in Deferred Income Taxes of $3 million.

On November 30, 2018, we acquired all of the outstanding common stock of MFG (USA) Holdings, Inc. and McKey Luxembourg 
Holdings S.à.r.l. (“Keystone Foods”) from Marfrig Global Foods ("Marfrig") for $2.3 billion in cash, subject to certain adjustments. 
The acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and the results of Keystone Foods' domestic and 
international results, subsequent to the acquisition closing, are included in our Chicken segment and International/Other, respectively.

53

The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation for Keystone Foods and fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed at the acquisition date (in millions):

Cash and cash equivalents

Accounts receivable

Inventories

Other current assets

Property, Plant and Equipment

Goodwill

Intangible Assets

Other Assets

Current debt

Accounts payable

Other current liabilities

Long-Term Debt

Deferred Income Taxes

Other Liabilities

Noncontrolling Interests

Net assets acquired

$ 

$ 

186 

106 

257 

34 

676 

1,120 

659 

28 

(73) 

(208) 

(99) 

(113) 

(177) 

(8) 

(122) 

2,266 

The fair value of identifiable intangible assets primarily consisted of customer relationships with a weighted average life of 25 years. 
As a result of the acquisition, we recognized a total of $1,120 million of goodwill. The purchase price was assigned to assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, and any excess was allocated to goodwill, as 
shown in the table above. Goodwill represents the value we expect to achieve through the implementation of operational synergies and 
growth opportunities. We allocated goodwill to our segments using the acquisition method approach. This resulted in $779 million and 
$341 million of goodwill allocated to our Chicken segment and International/Other, respectively. We do not expect the goodwill to be 
deductible for income tax purposes.

We used various valuation techniques to determine fair value, with the primary techniques being discounted cash flow, relief-from-
royalty, market pricing multiple and multi-period excess earnings valuation approaches, which use significant unobservable inputs, or 
Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy. Under these valuation approaches, we are required to make estimates and 
assumptions about sales growth, operating margins, attrition rates, royalty rates, EBITDA multiples, and discount rates based on 
budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data.

Dispositions
In the second quarter of fiscal 2021, we initiated a plan to sell our pet treats business, which was included in our Prepared Foods 
segment. We completed the sale of this business on July 6, 2021 for $1.2 billion, subject to certain adjustments. As a result of the sale, 
we recorded a pretax gain of $784 million, or post tax gain of $510 million, which is reflected in Cost of Sales in our Consolidated 
Statement of Income for our fiscal 2021. The business had a net carrying value of $411 million which included $44 million of working 
capital consisting of inventory, accounts receivable and accounts payable, $17 million of property, plant and equipment and 
$350 million of goodwill. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The Company concluded the business was not a significant 
disposal and did not represent a strategic shift, and therefore was not classified as a discontinued operation for any of the periods 
presented.

We completed the sale of a chicken further processing facility acquired during the Keystone Foods acquisition on August 31, 2019 for 
$170 million net proceeds, which did not result in a significant gain or loss. 

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 4: PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

The following table reflects major categories of property, plant and equipment and accumulated depreciation at October 2, 2021, and 
October 3, 2020 (in millions):

Land

Building and leasehold improvements

Machinery and equipment

Land improvements and other

Buildings and equipment under construction

Less accumulated depreciation

Net property, plant and equipment

2021

210  $ 

$ 

5,370 

9,507 

453 

976 

16,516 

8,679 

$ 

7,837  $ 

2020

196 

4,961 

9,013 

420 

991 

15,581 

7,985 

7,596 

Approximately $2,337 million will be necessary to complete buildings and equipment under construction at October 2, 2021.

NOTE 5: GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following table reflects goodwill activity for fiscal 2021 and 2020 (in millions):

Beef

Pork

Chicken

Prepared
Foods

International/

Other Unallocated Consolidated

Balance at September 28, 2019

Goodwill

$ 

1,236  $ 

423  $ 

3,274  $ 

6,134  $ 

Accumulated impairment losses

(560)   

— 

— 

— 

676  $ 

423  $ 

3,274  $ 

6,134  $ 

394  $ 

(57)   

337  $ 

—  $ 

11,461 

— 

(617) 

—  $ 

10,844 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Fiscal 2020 Activity:

Measurement period adjustments

Currency translation and other
Balance at October 03, 2020
Goodwill

Accumulated impairment losses

Fiscal 2021 Activity:

Sale of pet treats business
Balance at October 02, 2021
Goodwill

Accumulated impairment losses

—  $ 
— 

—  $ 
— 

—  $ 
— 

—  $ 
— 

46  $ 
9 

—  $ 
— 

46 
9 

1,236 

(560)   

423 

— 

3,274 

— 

6,134 

— 

676  $ 

423  $ 

3,274  $ 

6,134  $ 

449 

(57)   

392  $ 

— 

— 

11,516 

(617) 

—  $ 

10,899 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

(350)  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

(350) 

1,236 

(560)   

423 

— 

3,274 

— 

5,784 

— 

$ 

676  $ 

423  $ 

3,274  $ 

5,784  $ 

449 

(57)   

392  $ 

— 

— 

11,166 

(617) 

—  $ 

10,549 

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table reflects intangible assets by type at October 2, 2021, and October 3, 2020 (in millions):

Amortizable intangible assets:
Brands and trademarks
Customer relationships
Supply Arrangements
Patents, intellectual property and other
Land use rights

Total gross amortizable intangible assets

Less accumulated amortization

Total net amortizable intangible assets
Brands and trademarks not subject to amortization

  Total intangible assets

2021

951  $ 

2,390 
310 
44 
12 
3,707  $ 
1,266 
2,441  $ 
4,078 
6,519  $ 

2020

951 
2,388 
310 
44 
8 
3,701 
1,005 
2,696 
4,078 
6,774 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Amortization expense of $261 million, $278 million and $267 million was recognized during fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 
We estimate amortization expense on intangible assets for the next five fiscal years subsequent to October 2, 2021, will be: 2022 - 
$247 million; 2023 - $228 million; 2024 - $223 million; 2025 - $214 million; 2026 - $207 million.

NOTE 6: LEASES

We lease certain equipment, buildings and land related to transportation, distribution, storage, production, livestock grower assets and 
office activities. These lease arrangements can be structured as a standard lease agreement or embedded in a service or supply 
agreement and are primarily classified as operating leases. For further description of our lease accounting policy, refer to Note 1: 
Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities presented in our Consolidated 
Balance Sheets were as follows (in millions):

Other Assets

Other current liabilities

Other Liabilities

The components of lease costs were as follows (in millions):

Operating lease cost (a)
Variable lease cost (b)
Short-term lease cost

Total

October 2, 2021 October 3, 2020

$ 

531  $ 

155 

368 

532 

161 

368 

Twelve Months Ended

October 2, 2021 October 3, 2020

$ 

$ 

183  $ 

473 
33 
689  $ 

199 

451 
38 
688 

(a) Sublease income is immaterial and not deducted from operating lease cost.
(b) Variable lease costs are determined based on volume of output received, flocks placed or other performance metrics.

Prior to the adoption of ASC 842, total rentals approximated $220 million in fiscal 2019. 

Other operating lease information includes the following:

Operating cash outflows from operating leases (in millions)

ROU assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities (in millions)

Weighted-average remaining lease term

Weighted-average discount rate

Twelve Months Ended

October 2, 2021 October 3, 2020

$ 

$ 

204 

197 

$ 

$ 

5 years

 2 %

211 

167 

5 years

 3 %

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At October 2, 2021, future maturities of operating leases were as follows (in millions):

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027 and beyond

Total undiscounted operating lease payments

Less: Imputed interest

Present value of total operating lease liabilities

Operating Lease Commitments

$ 

$ 

$ 

162 

121 

93 

69 

47 

61 

553 

30 

523 

At October 2, 2021, our leases that had not yet commenced were not significant.

NOTE 7: RESTRUCTURING AND RELATED CHARGES

In the first quarter of fiscal 2020, the Company approved a restructuring program (the “2020 Program”), which is expected to 
contribute to the Company’s overall strategy of financial fitness through the elimination of overhead and consolidation of certain 
enterprise functions. We recognized $60 million of cumulative pretax charges in fiscal 2020 associated with the 2020 Program 
consisting of severance and employee related costs. 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017, our Board of Directors approved a multi-year restructuring program (the “2017 Program”), which 
contributed to the Company’s overall strategy of financial fitness through increased operational effectiveness and overhead reduction. 
The 2017 Program resulted in cumulative pretax charges of $267 million which consisted of $117 million incremental costs to 
implement new technology and accelerated depreciation of technology assets, $53 million severance and employee related costs, 
$72 million technology impairment, and $25 million for contract termination costs. The 2017 Program concluded in fiscal 2020.

We recognized no restructuring and related charges in fiscal 2021. During fiscal 2020 we recognized restructuring and related charges 
of $77 million, consisting of $60 million of severance and team member related costs from the 2020 Program and $17 million of 
incremental costs to implement new technology from the 2017 Program. For fiscal 2020, we recorded $17 million in Cost of Sales 
from the 2020 Program, and we recorded $60 million in Selling, General and Administrative in our Consolidated Statements of 
Income, of which $43 million was related to the 2020 Program and $17 million was related to the 2017 Program. 

For fiscal 2019 the restructuring and related charges related to the 2017 Program consisted of $41 million of incremental costs to 
implement new technology and accelerated depreciation of technology assets. These costs were recorded in Selling, General and 
Administrative in our Consolidated Statements of Income.

The following table reflects the pretax impact of restructuring and related charges during fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 and the charges 
to date, by reportable segment (in millions):

Beef

Pork

Chicken

Prepared Foods

International/Other

Total restructuring and related charges, pretax

2021

—  $ 

—   

—   

—   

—   

—  $ 

$ 

$ 

9  $ 

3   

34   

28   

3   

77  $ 

2020

2019

Total charges to 
date
22 

1  $ 

1   

21   

18   

—   

41  $ 

8 

141 

152 

4 

327 

As the Company continues to evaluate its business strategies and long-term growth targets, additional restructuring activities may 
occur. Our restructuring liability was $5 million at October 2, 2021 and $37 million at October 3, 2020. The change in the 
restructuring liability was primarily due to payments of $32 million during fiscal 2021.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 8: DEBT

The following table reflects major components of debt as of October 2, 2021, and October 3, 2020 (in millions):

Revolving credit facility

Commercial Paper

Senior notes:

2.25% Notes due August 2021

4.50% Senior notes due June 2022 

3.90% Notes due September 2023

3.95% Notes due August 2024 

4.00% Notes due March 2026 (“2026 Notes”)

3.55% Notes due June 2027

7.00% Notes due January 2028

4.35% Notes due March 2029 (“2029 Notes”)

6.13% Notes due November 2032 

4.88% Notes due August 2034 

5.15% Notes due August 2044 

4.55% Notes due June 2047

5.10% Notes due September 2048 (“2048 Notes”)

Discount on senior notes

Term Loan facilities

Other

Unamortized debt issuance costs

Total debt

Less current debt

Total long-term debt

2021

—  $ 

$ 

— 

— 

1,000 

400 

1,250 

800 

1,350 

18 

1,000 

160 

500 

500 

750 

1,500 

(42)   

— 

212 

(50)   

9,348 

1,067 

$ 

8,281  $ 

2020

— 

— 

500 

1,000 

400 

1,250 

800 

1,350 

18 

1,000 

160 

500 

500 

750 

1,500 

(45) 

1,500 

216 

(60) 

11,339 

548 

10,791 

Annual maturities of debt for the five fiscal years subsequent to October 2, 2021 are: 2022 - $1,069 million; 2023 - $440 million; 2024 
- $1,279 million; 2025 - $15 million; 2026 - $813 million.

Revolving Credit Facility and Letters of Credit
In September 2021, we amended our existing credit facility which, among other things, increased our line of credit from $1.75 billion 
to $2.25 billion with the option to establish incremental commitment increases of up to $500 million if certain conditions are met. This 
revolving credit facility supports short-term funding needs and serves as a backstop to our commercial paper program. The facility will 
mature and the commitments thereunder will terminate in September 2026 with options for two one-year extensions. Amounts 
available for borrowing under this facility totaled $2.25 billion at October 2, 2021. At October 2, 2021, we had no borrowings and no 
outstanding letters of credit issued under this facility. At October 2, 2021 we had $94 million of bilateral letters of credit issued 
separately from the revolving credit facility, none of which were drawn upon. Our letters of credit are issued primarily in support of 
workers’ compensation insurance programs and other legal obligations. In the future, if any of our subsidiaries shall guarantee any of 
our material indebtedness, such subsidiary shall be required to guarantee the indebtedness, obligations and liabilities under this 
facility.

Commercial Paper Program
We have a commercial paper program under which we may issue unsecured short-term promissory notes up to an aggregate maximum 
principal amount of $1 billion. As of October 2, 2021, we had no commercial paper outstanding. Our ability to access commercial 
paper in the future may be limited or its costs increased.

Term Loan Facilities
On March 27, 2020, we executed a $1.5 billion term loan facility to refinance our commercial paper, repay outstanding balances under 
our revolving credit facility and for general liquidity purposes. In February 2021, we repaid $750 million of the $1.5 billion 
outstanding. On March 22, 2021, we executed a new $500 million term loan facility due March 2023. The Company used the proceeds 
of the new term loan, together with $250 million in cash on hand, to repay in full the remaining $750 million outstanding under the 
Company's existing $1.5 billion term loan facility due March 2022. On September 30, 2021, the Company used cash on hand to repay 
in full the $500 million term loan facility due March 2023. 

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
August 2021 Notes
On July 23, 2021, we redeemed the $500 million outstanding balance of the Senior Notes due August 2021 using cash on hand. 

Debt Covenants
Our revolving credit facility contains affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: 
create liens and encumbrances; incur debt; merge, dissolve, liquidate or consolidate; make acquisitions and investments; dispose of or 
transfer assets; change the nature of our business; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and enter into hedging transactions, in 
each case, subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. In addition, we are required to maintain a minimum interest expense 
coverage ratio.

Our senior notes also contain affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, may limit or restrict our ability to: create 
liens; engage in certain sale/leaseback transactions; and engage in certain consolidations, mergers and sales of assets.

We were in compliance with all debt covenants at October 2, 2021.

NOTE 9: EQUITY 

Capital Stock
We have two classes of capital stock, Class A Common stock, $0.10 par value (“Class A stock”) and Class B Common Stock, $0.10 
par value (“Class B stock”). Holders of Class B stock may convert such stock into Class A stock on a share-for-share basis. Holders of 
Class B stock are entitled to 10 votes per share, while holders of Class A stock are entitled to one vote per share on matters submitted 
to shareholders for approval. As of October 2, 2021, Tyson Limited Partnership (the “TLP”) owned 99.985% of the outstanding shares 
of Class B stock and the TLP and members of the Tyson family owned, in the aggregate, 2.28% of the outstanding shares of Class A 
stock, giving them, collectively, control of approximately 71.04% of the total voting power of the outstanding voting stock.

The Class B stock is considered a participating security requiring the use of the two-class method for the computation of basic 
earnings per share. The two-class computation method for each period reflects the cash dividends paid for each class of stock, plus the 
amount of allocated undistributed earnings (losses) computed using the participation percentage, which reflects the dividend rights of 
each class of stock. Basic earnings per share were computed using the two-class method for all periods presented. The shares of Class 
B stock are considered to be participating convertible securities since the shares of Class B stock are convertible on a share-for-share 
basis into shares of Class A stock. Diluted earnings per share were computed assuming the conversion of the Class B shares into 
Class A shares as of the beginning of each period.

Dividends 
Cash dividends cannot be paid to holders of Class B stock unless they are simultaneously paid to holders of Class A stock. The per 
share amount of the cash dividend paid to holders of Class B stock cannot exceed 90% of the cash dividend simultaneously paid to 
holders of Class A stock. We pay quarterly cash dividends to Class A and Class B shareholders. We paid Class A dividends per share 
of $1.78, $1.68, and $1.50 in fiscal 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. We paid Class B dividends per share of $1.60, $1.51, and 
$1.35 in fiscal 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Effective November 12, 2021, the Board of Directors increased the quarterly 
dividend previously declared on August 12, 2021, to $0.46 per share on our Class A stock and $0.414 per share on our Class B stock. 
The increased quarterly dividend is payable on December 15, 2021, to shareholders of record at the close of business on December 1, 
2021.

Share Repurchases
As of October 2, 2021, 18.9 million shares remained available for repurchase under the Company's share repurchase program. The 
program has no fixed or scheduled termination date and the timing and extent to which we repurchase shares will depend upon, among 
other things, our working capital needs, markets, industry conditions, liquidity targets, limitations under our debt obligations and 
regulatory requirements. In addition to the share repurchase program, we purchase shares on the open market to fund certain 
obligations under our equity compensation plans.

A summary of cumulative share repurchases of our Class A stock for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 is as follows (in millions):

Shares repurchased:

Under share repurchase program

To fund certain obligations under equity compensation plans

Total share repurchases

October 2, 2021

October 3, 2020

September 28, 2019

Shares

Dollars

Shares

Dollars

Shares

Dollars

—  $  — 

1.8  $ 

150 

0.9 

0.9  $ 

67 

67 

0.7 

57 

2.5  $ 

207 

2.3  $ 

1.4 

3.7  $ 

150 

102 

252 

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 10: INCOME TAXES

Detail of the provision for income taxes from continuing operations consists of the following (in millions):

Federal

State

Foreign

Current

Deferred

2021

791  $ 

163 

27 

981  $ 

1,106  $ 

(125)   

981  $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2020

477  $ 

98 

18 

593  $ 

575  $ 

18 

593  $ 

The reasons for the difference between the statutory federal income tax rate and our effective income tax rate from continuing 
operations are as follows:

Federal income tax rate

State income taxes

Unrecognized tax benefits, net

Foreign-derived intangible income deduction

Goodwill

Other

2021

 21.0 %

 3.3 

 (0.4) 

 (1.1) 

 1.8 

 (0.3) 

2020

 21.0 %

 2.9 

 (0.1) 

 (0.6) 

 — 

 (0.9) 

2019

314 

38 

29 

381 

304 

77 

381 

2019

 21.0 %

 2.8 

 (6.7) 

 (0.3) 

 — 

 (0.7) 

 24.3 %

 22.3 %

 16.1 %

During fiscal 2021, state tax expense, net of federal benefit, was $135 million, and the tax benefit from foreign-derived intangible 
income deduction was $44 million. Non-deductible goodwill associated with the sale of our pet treats business increased the effective 
tax rate by 1.8%. 

During fiscal 2020, state tax expense, net of federal benefit, was $78 million.

During fiscal 2019, changes in unrecognized tax benefits decreased tax expense by $160 million, and state tax expense, excluding 
changes in unrecognized tax benefits and net of federal tax benefit, was $66 million.

Approximately $3,963 million, $2,605 million and $2,275 million of income from continuing operations before income taxes for fiscal 
2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, were from our operations based in the United States.

We recognize deferred income taxes for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement 
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using 
tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

The tax effects of major items recorded as deferred tax assets and liabilities as of October 2, 2021, and October 3, 2020, are as follows 
(in millions):

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

ROU assets

Accrued expenses

Lease liabilities

Net operating loss and other carryforwards
Other

Valuation allowance
Net deferred tax liability

2021

2020

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

— 

— 

— 

558 

133 

167 

79 

$ 

990  $ 

1,564 

158 

— 

— 

— 

251 

937 

$ 

2,963  $ 

— 

— 

— 

341 

129 

137 

149 

756 

(151) 

$ 

(127) 

$ 

2,177 

$ 

$ 

$ 

923 

1,591 

154 

— 

— 

— 

265 

2,933 

2,304 

$ 

$ 

$ 

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At October 2, 2021, our gross state net operating loss carryforwards approximated $1,118 million, of which $1,020 million expire in 
fiscal years 2022 through 2042, and the remainder has no expiration. Gross foreign net operating loss carryforwards approximated 
$307 million, of which $122 million expire in fiscal years 2022 through 2033, and the remainder has no expiration. We also have tax 
credit carryforwards of approximately $40 million which expire in fiscal years 2022 through 2035.

We have accumulated undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries aggregating approximately $419 million and $318 million at 
October 2, 2021, and October 3, 2020, respectively. Dividends after December 31, 2017 from foreign subsidiaries are generally not 
subject to U.S. federal income taxes. As a result, our intention is that excess cash held by our foreign subsidiaries that is not subject to 
regulatory restrictions will be repatriated net of applicable withholding taxes which are expected to be immaterial. The remainder of 
accumulated undistributed earnings are expected to be indefinitely reinvested outside of the United States. If these earnings were 
distributed in the form of dividends or otherwise, we could be subject to state income taxes and withholding taxes payable to various 
foreign countries. Due to the uncertainty of the manner in which the undistributed earnings would be brought back to the United States 
and the tax laws in effect at that time, it is not currently practicable to estimate the tax liability that might be payable on the 
repatriation of these foreign earnings; however, we do not expect any tax due to be material.

The following table summarizes the activity related to our gross unrecognized tax benefits at October 2, 2021, October 3, 2020, and 
September 28, 2019 (in millions):

Balance as of the beginning of the year

Increases related to current year tax positions

Increases related to prior year tax positions

Reductions related to prior year tax positions

Reductions related to settlements

Reductions related to expirations of statutes of limitations

Balance as of the end of the year

2021

165  $ 

25 

7 

(7)   

(1)   

(37)   

152  $ 

2020

169  $ 

21 

5 

(9)   

(3)   

(18)   

165  $ 

2019

308 

20 

21 

(17) 

(9) 

(154) 

169 

$ 

$ 

The amount of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, that would impact our effective tax rate was $111 million at October 2, 2021 
and $118 million at October 3, 2020. We classify interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. At 
October 2, 2021, and October 3, 2020, before tax benefits, we had $49 million and $51 million, respectively, of accrued interest and 
penalties on unrecognized tax benefits.

As of October 2, 2021, certain United States federal income tax returns are subject to examination for fiscal years 2013 through 2020. 
We are also subject to income tax examinations by major state and foreign jurisdictions for fiscal years 2015 through 2020 and 2016 
through 2020, respectively. We do not expect material changes to our unrecognized tax benefits during the next twelve months. 

NOTE 11: OTHER INCOME AND CHARGES

During fiscal 2019, we recognized $48 million of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit cost, excluding the service cost 
component, and pension plan settlements which were recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income in Other, net. We recognized 
$20 million of equity earnings in joint ventures which was also recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income in Other, net. 
Additionally, we sold an investment for $79 million in net proceeds resulting in a pretax gain of $55 million, which was recorded in 
the Consolidated Statements of Income in Other, net.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 12: EARNINGS PER SHARE

The earnings and weighted average common shares used in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share are as follows (in 
millions, except per share data):

Numerator:

Net income

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to Tyson

Less dividends declared:

Class A

Class B

Undistributed earnings

Class A undistributed earnings

Class B undistributed earnings

Total undistributed earnings

Denominator:

Denominator for basic earnings per share:

Class A weighted average shares

Class B weighted average shares, and shares under if-converted method for 
diluted earnings per share

Effect of dilutive securities:

Stock options and restricted stock

Denominator for diluted earnings per share – adjusted weighted average shares and 
assumed conversions

Net Income Per Share Attributable to Tyson:

Class A Basic

Class B Basic

Diluted

Dividends Declared Per Share:

Class A

Class B

2021

2020

2019

$ 

3,060  $ 

2,071  $ 

1,993 

13 

3,047 

532 

113 

10 

2,061 

508 

108 

13 

1,980 

465 

99 

2,402  $ 

1,445  $ 

1,416 

1,977  $ 

1,189  $ 

425 

256 

2,402  $ 

1,445  $ 

1,166 

250 

1,416 

293 

70 

2 

365 

293 

70 

2 

365 

8.57  $ 

7.70  $ 

8.34  $ 

5.79  $ 

5.21  $ 

5.64  $ 

293 

70 

3 

366 

5.56 

4.99 

5.40 

1.805  $ 
1.625  $ 

1.725  $ 
1.553  $ 

1.575 
1.418 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

Approximately 4 million, 2 million, and 1 million of our stock-based compensation shares were antidilutive for fiscal 2021, 2020, and 
2019. These shares were not included in the dilutive earnings per share calculation. 

We have two classes of capital stock, Class A stock and Class B stock. Cash dividends cannot be paid to holders of Class B stock 
unless they are simultaneously paid to holders of Class A stock. The per share amount of cash dividends paid to holders of Class B 
stock cannot exceed 90% of the cash dividends paid to holders of Class A stock.

We allocate undistributed earnings based upon a 1 to 0.9 ratio per share to Class A stock and Class B stock, respectively. We allocate 
undistributed earnings based on this ratio due to historical dividend patterns, voting control of Class B shareholders and contractual 
limitations of dividends to Class B stock.

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 13: DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Our business operations give rise to certain market risk exposures mostly due to changes in commodity prices, foreign currency 
exchange rates and interest rates. We manage a portion of these risks through the use of derivative financial instruments to reduce our 
exposure to commodity price risk, foreign currency risk and interest rate risk. Our risk management programs are periodically 
reviewed by our Board of Directors' Audit Committee. These programs and risks are monitored by senior management and may be 
revised as market conditions dictate. Our current risk management programs utilize various industry-standard models that take into 
account the implicit cost of hedging. Credit risks associated with our derivative contracts are not significant as we minimize 
counterparty exposure by dealing with credit-worthy counterparties and utilizing exchange traded instruments, margin accounts or 
letters of credit. Additionally, our derivative contracts are mostly short-term in duration and we generally do not make use of credit-
risk-related contingent features. No significant concentrations of credit risk existed at October 2, 2021.

We had the following aggregated outstanding notional amounts related to our derivative financial instruments (in millions, except 
soybean meal tons):

Commodity:

Corn

Soybean Meal

Live Cattle

Lean Hogs
Foreign Currency

Metric

October 2, 2021

October 3, 2020

Bushels

Tons

Pounds

Pounds

United States dollar $ 

37 

1,026,733 

417 

413 

130  $ 

43 

428,300 

234 

283 

536 

We recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, with the 
exception of normal purchases and normal sales expected to result in physical delivery. For those derivative instruments that are 
designated and qualify as hedging instruments, we designate the hedging instrument based upon the exposure being hedged (i.e., cash 
flow hedge or fair value hedge). We designate certain forward contracts as follows:

• Cash Flow Hedges – include certain commodity forward and option contracts of forecasted purchases (i.e., grains), interest 

rate swaps and locks, and certain foreign exchange forward contracts.

• Fair Value Hedges – include certain commodity forward contracts of firm commitments (i.e., livestock).

Cash Flow Hedges
Derivative instruments are designated as hedges against changes in the amount of future cash flows related to procurement of certain 
commodities utilized in our production processes as well as interest rates to our variable rate debt. For the derivative instruments we 
designate and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of 
other comprehensive income ("OCI") and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction 
affects earnings. Gains and losses representing hedge ineffectiveness are recognized in earnings in the current period. Ineffectiveness 
related to our cash flow hedges was not significant during fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019. As of October 2, 2021, we have $15 million of 
realized losses related to treasury rate locks in connection with the issuance of the 2026, 2029 and 2048 Notes, which will be 
reclassified to earnings over the lives of these notes. During fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, we did not reclassify significant pretax gains 
or losses into earnings as a result of the discontinuance of cash flow hedges. The following table sets forth the pretax impact of cash 
flow hedge derivative instruments in Other Comprehensive Income (in millions):

Gain (Loss) Recognized in OCI on Derivatives

2021

2020

2019

Cash Flow Hedge – Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

Commodity contracts

Interest rate hedges

Total

$ 

$ 

—  $ 

— 

—  $ 

(17)  $ 

— 

(17)  $ 

(15) 

(24) 

(39) 

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Hedges
We designate certain derivative contracts as fair value hedges of firm commitments to purchase livestock for harvest. Our objective of 
these hedges is to minimize the risk of changes in fair value created by fluctuations in commodity prices associated with fixed price 
livestock firm commitments. For these derivative instruments we designate and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the 
derivative, as well as the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk, are recognized in earnings in the 
same period. We include the gain or loss on the hedged items (i.e., livestock purchase firm commitments) in the same line item, Cost 
of Sales, as the offsetting gain or loss on the related livestock forward position. Ineffectiveness related to our fair value hedges was not 
significant during fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019. The carrying amount of fair value hedge (assets) liabilities as of fiscal 2021, 2020 and 
2019 were as follows (in millions): 

Consolidated Balance Sheets Classification
Inventory

$ 

2021

(6)  $ 

2020

6  $ 

2019

(19) 

Undesignated Positions
In addition to our designated positions, we also hold derivative contracts for which we do not apply hedge accounting. These include 
certain derivative instruments related to commodities price risk, including grains, livestock, energy and foreign currency risk. We 
mark these positions to fair value through earnings at each reporting date. 

Reclassification to Earnings
The following table sets forth the total amounts of each income and expense line item presented in the Consolidated Statements of 
Income in which the effects of hedges are recorded (in millions):

Consolidated Statements of Income Classification
Cost of Sales

Interest Expense

Other, net

2021

2020

$ 

40,523  $ 

37,801  $ 

428 

(65)   

485 

(131)   

2019

37,383 

462 

(55) 

The following table sets forth the pretax impact of the cash flow, fair value and undesignated derivative instruments in the 
Consolidated Statements of Income (in millions):

Consolidated Statements of Income Classification
Sales

Gain (Loss) on derivatives not designated as hedging 
instruments:

Commodity contracts

Cost of Sales

Gain (Loss) on cash flow hedges reclassified from OCI to 
Earnings:

Commodity contracts

Gain (Loss) on fair value hedges:
Commodity contracts (a) 

Gain (Loss) on derivatives not designated as hedging 
instruments:

Commodity contracts

Total

Interest Expense Gain (Loss) on cash flow hedges reclassified from OCI to 

Earnings:

Interest rate contracts

Other, net

Gain (Loss) on derivatives not designated as hedging 
instruments:

Foreign exchange contracts

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2021

2020

2019

—  $ 

—  $ 

(23) 

(1)  $ 

(24)  $ 

(18) 

(55)   

135 

70 

14  $ 

(103)   

8  $ 

42 

2 

26 

(1)  $ 

(6)  $ 

(1) 

(5)  $ 

(5)  $ 

8 

(a) Amounts represent gains/(losses) on commodity contracts designated as fair value hedges of firm commitments that were realized during the 

period presented, which were offset by a corresponding gain/(loss) on the underlying hedged inventory. Gains or losses related to changes in the 
fair value of unrealized commodity contracts, along with the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged inventory, are also marked-to-market through 
earnings with no impact on a net basis. 

The fair value of all outstanding derivative instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are included in Note 14: Fair Value 
Measurements.

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 14: FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or 
most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The 
fair value hierarchy contains three levels as follows:

Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices available in active markets for the identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level 2 — Other observable inputs available at the measurement date, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, either directly or 
indirectly, including:

• Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;
• Quoted prices for identical or similar assets in non-active markets;
•
•

Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and
Inputs derived principally from or corroborated by other observable market data.

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that cannot be corroborated by observable market data and reflect the use of significant management 
judgment. These values are generally determined using pricing models for which the assumptions utilize management’s estimates of 
market participant assumptions.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
The fair value hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. In instances where the inputs used to measure fair 
value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the fair value measurement has been determined based on the lowest level 
input significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Our assessment of the significance of a particular item to the fair value 
measurement in its entirety requires judgment, including the consideration of inputs specific to the asset or liability. 

The following tables set forth by level within the fair value hierarchy our financial assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value on a 
recurring basis according to the valuation techniques we used to determine their fair values (in millions):

October 2, 2021
Other Current Assets:

Derivative financial instruments:

Designated as hedges

Undesignated 

Available for sale securities:

Current

Other assets:

Available for sale securities:

Non-current

Deferred compensation assets

Total assets

Other Current Liabilities:

Derivative financial instruments:

Designated as hedges

Undesignated 

Total liabilities

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Netting (a)

Total

$ 

—  $ 

18  $ 

—  $ 

— 

— 

— 

14 
14  $ 

—  $ 

— 

—  $ 

169 

— 

61 

397 
645  $ 

12  $ 

159 

171  $ 

— 

— 

48 

— 
48  $ 

—  $ 

— 

—  $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(10)  $ 

(89)   

— 

— 

— 
(99)  $ 

(12)  $ 

(143)   

(155)  $ 

8 

80 

— 

109 

411 
608 

— 

16 

16 

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
October 3, 2020
Other Current Assets:

Derivative financial instruments:

Designated as hedges

Undesignated

Available for sale securities:

Current

Other Assets:

Available for sale securities:

Non-current

Deferred Compensation assets

Total assets

Other Current Liabilities:

Derivative financial instruments:

Designated as hedges

Undesignated

Total liabilities

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Netting (a)

Total

$ 

—  $ 

4  $ 

—  $ 

— 

— 

— 

19 

96 

— 

55 

336 

— 

— 

53 

— 

(2)  $ 

(51)   

— 

— 

— 

$ 

19  $ 

491  $ 

53  $ 

(53)  $ 

$ 

$ 

—  $ 

— 

—  $ 

10  $ 

74 

84  $ 

—  $ 

— 

—  $ 

(10)  $ 

(59)   

(69)  $ 

2 

45 

— 

108 

355 

510 

— 

15 

15 

(a) Our derivative assets and liabilities are presented in our Consolidated Balance Sheets on a net basis when a legally enforceable master netting 
arrangement exists between the counterparty to a derivative contract and us. Additionally, at October 2, 2021, and October 3, 2020, we had 
$56 million and $16 million respectively, of net cash collateral posted with various counterparties where master netting arrangements exist and 
held no cash collateral.

The following table provides a reconciliation between the beginning and ending balance of marketable debt securities measured at fair 
value on a recurring basis in the table above that used significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in millions):

October 2, 2021

October 3, 2020

Balance at beginning of year

Total realized and unrealized gains (losses):

Included in earnings
Included in other comprehensive income (loss)

Purchases

Issuances

Settlements

Balance at end of year

$ 

$ 

53  $ 

— 

(1)   

20 

— 

(24)   

48  $ 

52 

— 

1 

17 

— 

(17) 

53 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument:

Derivative Assets and Liabilities
Our derivative financial instruments primarily include exchange-traded and over-the-counter contracts which are further described in 
Note 13: Derivative Financial Instruments. We record our derivative financial instruments at fair value using quoted market prices, 
adjusted where necessary for credit and non-performance risk and internal models that use readily observable market inputs as their 
basis, including current and forward market prices and rates. We classify these instruments in Level 2 when quoted market prices can 
be corroborated utilizing observable current and forward commodity market prices on active exchanges or observable market 
transactions.

Available for Sale Securities
Our investments in marketable debt securities are classified as available-for-sale and are reported at fair value based on pricing models 
and quoted market prices adjusted for credit and non-performance risk. Short-term investments with maturities of less than 12 months 
are included in Other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and primarily include certificates of deposit and commercial 
paper. All other marketable debt securities are included in Other Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and have maturities 
ranging up to 48 years. 

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We classify our investments in U.S. government, U.S. agency, certificates of deposit and commercial paper debt securities as Level 2 
as fair value is generally estimated using discounted cash flow models that are primarily industry-standard models that consider 
various assumptions, including time value and yield curve as well as other readily available relevant economic measures. We classify 
certain corporate, asset-backed and other debt securities as Level 3 as there is limited activity or less observable inputs into valuation 
models, including current interest rates and estimated prepayment, default and recovery rates on the underlying portfolio or structured 
investment vehicle. Significant changes to assumptions or unobservable inputs in the valuation of our Level 3 instruments would not 
have a significant impact to our consolidated financial statements.

The following table sets forth our available-for-sale securities' amortized cost basis, fair value and unrealized gain (loss) by significant 
investment category (in millions):

October 2, 2021
Fair
Value

Unrealized
Gain/(Loss)

Amortized
Cost Basis

October 3, 2020
Fair
Value

Unrealized
Gain/(Loss)

Amortized
Cost Basis

Available for Sale Securities:

Debt Securities:

United States Treasury and Agency

Corporate and Asset-Backed

$ 

61  $ 

61  $ 

—  $ 

55  $ 

55  $ 

47 

48 

1 

51 

53 

— 

2 

Unrealized holding gains (losses), net of tax, are excluded from earnings and reported in OCI until the security is settled or sold. On a 
quarterly basis, we evaluate whether losses related to our available-for-sale securities are due to credit or noncredit factors. Losses on 
debt securities where we have the intent, or will more than likely be required, to sell the security prior to recovery, would be recorded 
as a direct write-off of amortized cost basis through earnings. Losses on debt securities where we do not have the intent, or would not 
more than likely be required to sell the security prior to recovery, would be further evaluated to determine whether the loss is credit or 
non-credit related. Credit-related losses would be recorded through an allowance for credit losses through earnings and non-credit 
related losses through OCI.

We consider many factors in determining whether a loss is credit-related, including the financial condition and near-term prospects of 
the issuer, borrower repayment characteristics for asset-backed securities, and our ability and intent to hold the investment for a period 
of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery. We recognized no direct write-offs or allowances for credit losses in earnings 
in fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020.

Deferred Compensation Assets
We maintain non-qualified deferred compensation plans for certain executives and other highly compensated team members. 
Investments are generally maintained within a trust and include money market funds, mutual funds and life insurance policies. The 
cash surrender value of the life insurance policies is invested primarily in mutual funds. The investments are recorded at fair value 
based on quoted market prices and are included in Other Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We classify the investments 
which have observable market prices in active markets in Level 1 as these are generally publicly-traded mutual funds. The remaining 
deferred compensation assets are classified in Level 2, as fair value can be corroborated based on observable market data. Realized 
and unrealized gains (losses) on deferred compensation are included in earnings.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
In addition to assets and liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, we record assets and liabilities at fair value on a 
nonrecurring basis. Generally, assets are recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as a result of impairment charges. 

In fiscal 2019, we recorded a $41 million impairment charge related to a Prepared Foods business held for sale, due to our estimate of 
the business' fair value based on current expected net sales proceeds. The impairment charge was recorded in Cost of Sales in our 
Consolidated Statement of Income for fiscal 2019. Our valuation included unobservable Level 3 inputs and was based on expected 
sales proceeds from a competitive bidding process and ongoing discussions with potential buyers.

Other Financial Instruments
Fair value of our debt is principally estimated using Level 2 inputs based on quoted prices for those or similar instruments. Fair value 
and carrying value for our debt are as follows (in millions):

Total Debt

October 2, 2021

October 3, 2020

Fair
Value

Carrying
Value

Fair
Value

Carrying
Value

$ 

10,810  $ 

9,348  $ 

12,982  $ 

11,339 

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk
Our financial instruments exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts 
receivable. Our cash equivalents are in high quality securities placed with major banks and financial institutions. Concentrations of 
credit risk with respect to receivables are limited due to the large number of customers and their dispersion across geographic areas. 
We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and generally do not require collateral. At October 2, 
2021, and October 3, 2020, 16.3% and 16.5%, respectively, of our net accounts receivable balance was due from Walmart Inc. No 
other single customer or customer group represented greater than 10% of net accounts receivable.

NOTE 15: STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

We issue shares under our stock-based compensation plans by issuing Class A stock from treasury. The total number of shares 
available for future grant under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (“Incentive Plan”) was 9,463,920 at October 2, 2021.

Stock Options
Shareholders approved the Incentive Plan in January 2001. The Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation and Leadership 
Development Committee of the Board of Directors (“Compensation Committee”). The Incentive Plan includes provisions for granting 
incentive stock options for shares of Class A stock at a price not less than the fair value at the date of grant. Nonqualified stock options 
may be granted at a price equal to or more than the fair value of Class A stock on the date the option is granted. Stock options under 
the Incentive Plan generally become exercisable ratably over three years from the date of grant and must be exercised within 10 years 
from the date of grant. Our policy is to recognize compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for 
the entire award. Forfeitures are recognized as they occur. 

Shares Under
Option

Weighted
Average Exercise
Price Per Share

Weighted Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Life (in Years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in millions)

Outstanding, October 3, 2020

Exercised

Forfeited or expired

Granted

Outstanding, October 2, 2021

Exercisable, October 2, 2021

5,951,473  $ 

(830,493)   

(536,634)   

2,622,680 

7,207,026  $ 

4,214,559  $ 

62.86 

50.27 

71.01 

63.17 

63.82 

60.55 

7.0 $ 

5.8 $ 

121 

82 

The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted in fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $11.03, $16.77 and $11.35, 
respectively. The fair value of each option grant is established on the date of grant using a binomial lattice method. We use historical 
volatility for a period of time comparable to the expected life of the option to determine volatility assumptions. Expected life is 
calculated based on the contractual term of each grant and takes into account the historical exercise and termination behavior of 
participants. Risk-free interest rates are based on the five-year Treasury bond rate. Assumptions used in the fair value calculation are 
as of the grant dates and are outlined in the following table.

Expected life (in years)

Risk-free interest rate

Expected volatility

Expected dividend yield

2021
4.3
 0.3 %

 32.2 %

 3.4 %

2020
4.3
 1.6 %

 25.7 %

 2.0 %

2019
4.3
 2.8 %

 25.4 %

 2.5 %

We recognized stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, net of income taxes, of $19 million, $16 million and $16 
million for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The related tax benefit for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $4 million, $4 million 
and $3 million, respectively. We had 1.9 million, 1.3 million and 1.2 million options vest in fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, 
with a grant date fair value of $25 million, $17 million and $18 million, respectively.

In fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, we received cash of $41 million, $30 million and $99 million, respectively, for the exercise of stock 
options. Shares are issued from treasury for stock option exercises. The related tax benefit realized from stock options exercised 
during fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, was $5 million, $6 million and $21 million, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options 
exercised in fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, was $20 million, $21 million and $79 million, respectively. Cash flows resulting from tax 
deductions in excess of the compensation cost of those options (excess tax deductions) are classified as financing cash flows. We 
realized $2 million, $4 million and $14 million related to excess tax deductions during fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

As of October 2, 2021, we had $21 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock option plans that will be 
recognized over a weighted average period of 1.4 years. 

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restricted Stock
We issue restricted stock at the market value as of the date of grant, with restrictions expiring over periods through fiscal 2024. 
Unearned compensation is recognized over the vesting period for the particular grant using a straight-line method.

Nonvested, October 3, 2020

Granted

Dividends

Vested

Forfeited

Nonvested, October 2, 2021

Number of Shares

1,662,409  $ 

1,001,876 

16,777 

(481,648)   

(225,279)   

1,974,135  $ 

Weighted
Average Grant-
Date Fair Value
Per Share

Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(in Years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in millions)

74.79 

63.11 

62.03 

77.04 

68.90 

68.88 

1.3 $ 

155 

As of October 2, 2021, we had $46 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards that will be 
recognized over a weighted average period of 1.8 years.

We recognized stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock, net of income taxes, of $35 million, $36 million and $26 
million for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The related tax benefit for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $9 million, $9 million 
and $8 million, respectively. We had 0.5 million, 0.6 million and 0.5 million restricted stock awards vest in fiscal 2021, 2020 and 
2019, respectively, with a grant date fair value of $37 million, $34 million and $29 million, respectively.

Performance-Based Shares
We award performance-based shares of our Class A stock to certain team members. These awards are typically granted once a year. 
Performance-based shares vest based upon the passage of time and the achievement of performance or market performance criteria, 
ranging from 0% to 200%, as determined by the Compensation Committee prior to the date of the award. Vesting periods for these 
awards are three years. We review progress toward the attainment of the performance criteria each quarter during the vesting period. 
When it is probable the minimum performance criteria for an award will be achieved, we begin recognizing the expense equal to the 
proportionate share of the total fair value of the Class A stock price on the grant date. The total expense recognized over the duration 
of performance awards will equal the Class A stock price on the date of grant multiplied by the number of shares ultimately awarded 
based on the level of attainment of the performance criteria. For grants with market performance criteria, the fair value is determined 
on the grant date and is calculated using the same inputs for expected volatility, expected dividend yield, and risk-free rate as stock 
options, noted above, with a duration of three years. The total expense recognized over the duration of the award will equal the fair 
value, regardless if the market performance criteria is met.

The following table summarizes the performance-based shares at the maximum award amounts based upon the respective performance 
share agreements. Actual shares that will vest depend on the level of attainment of the performance-based criteria. 

Nonvested, October 3, 2020

Granted

Vested

Forfeited

Nonvested, October 2, 2021

Number of Shares

1,963,137  $ 

976,210 

(167,546)   

(716,233)   

2,055,568  $ 

Weighted
Average Grant-
Date Fair Value
Per Share
57.62 

45.78 

78.28 

53.84 

51.63 

Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(in Years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in millions)

1.2 $ 

161 

We recognized stock-based compensation expense related to performance shares, net of income taxes, of $19 million, $18 million and 
$16 million for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The related tax benefit for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $4 million, $4 
million and $4 million, respectively. As of October 2, 2021, we had $31 million of total unrecognized compensation based upon our 
progress toward the attainment of criteria related to performance-based share awards that will be recognized over a weighted average 
period of 1.8 years.

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 16: PENSIONS AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

At October 2, 2021, we had four defined benefit pension plans consisting of one frozen and noncontributory funded qualified plan and 
three unfunded non-qualified plans. The benefits provided under these plans are based on a formula using years of service and either a 
specified benefit rate or compensation level. The non-qualified defined benefit plans are for certain officers and use a formula based 
on years of service and final average salary. We also have other postretirement benefit plans for which substantially all of our team 
members may receive benefits if they satisfy applicable eligibility criteria. The postretirement healthcare plans are contributory with 
participants’ contributions adjusted when deemed necessary.

We have defined contribution retirement programs for various groups of team members. We recognized expenses of $106 million, 
$103 million and $97 million in fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

We use a fiscal year end measurement date for our defined benefit plans and other postretirement plans. We recognize the effect of 
actuarial gains and losses into earnings immediately for other postretirement plans rather than amortizing the effect over future 
periods. Other postretirement benefits include postretirement medical costs and life insurance.

During fiscal 2019, we issued a notice of intent to terminate three qualified pension plans. The settlements of the terminated plans 
occurred during fiscal 2020, through purchased annuities, and we incurred settlement gains of approximately $112 million related to 
the plan terminations, recorded in Other, net in our Consolidated Statements of Income. No significant contributions to purchase 
annuities at the time of settlement were necessary. Due to favorable annuity pricing at the time of settlement, approximately $52 
million in residual plan assets remained in the plan following the annuity purchase. A portion of these funds were transferred to a 
qualified replacement plan during fiscal 2020, with the remaining funds transferred in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.

During fiscal 2021, we amended one of the Company's other postretirement benefit plans, which resulted in the recognition of a gain 
of $34 million, recorded in Other, net in our Consolidated Statements of Income

Benefit Obligations and Funded Status
The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the plans’ benefit obligations, assets and funded status at October 2, 
2021, and October 3, 2020 (in millions):

Pension Benefits

Other Postretirement

Qualified

Non-Qualified

Benefits

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

in millions

Change in benefit obligation

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

$ 

31  $  1,478  $ 

238  $ 

239  $ 

74  $ 

Service cost

Interest cost

Plan amendments

Actuarial (gain)/loss

Benefits paid

Benefits Paid Due to Settlement
Plan Terminations

Benefit obligation at end of year

Change in plan assets

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

Actual return on plan assets

Employer contributions

Benefits paid

Benefits Paid Due to Settlement

Plan Terminations
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
Funded status

— 

— 

— 

— 
(1)   

— 
(2)   

28 

35 

1 

1 

— 

14 

— 

— 
(38)   

— 
(1,423)   

— 

6 

— 

(4)   
(12)   

(2)   
(6)   

31 

220 

1,477 

(14)   

7 

(1)   

(38)   

— 

— 

(3)   

(1,397)   

33 

35 

— 

— 

14 

(12)   

(2)   

— 

— 

— 

8 

— 

5 
(14)   

— 
— 

238 

— 

— 

12 

2 

1 

(8)   

(1)   
(3)   

— 
— 

65 

— 

— 

3 

(12)   

(3)   

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

77 

2 

1 

(6) 

4 
(4) 

— 
— 

74 

— 

— 

4 

(4) 

— 

— 

— 

$ 

5  $ 

4  $ 

(220)  $ 

(238)  $ 

(65)  $ 

(74) 

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of (in millions):

Other assets

Other current liabilities

Other liabilities

Total assets (liabilities)

Pension Benefits

Other Postretirement

Qualified

Non-Qualified

Benefits

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

$ 

5  $ 

4  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(13)   

(12)   

(207)   

(226)   

(3)   

(62)   

$ 

5  $ 

4  $ 

(220)  $ 

(238)  $ 

(65)  $ 

— 

(3) 

(71) 

(74) 

Amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income consist of (in millions):

Pension Benefits

Other Postretirement

Qualified

Non-Qualified

Benefits

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

Accumulated other comprehensive (income)/loss:

   Actuarial (gain) loss

   Prior service (credit) cost

Total accumulated other comprehensive (income)/loss:

$ 

$ 

4  $ 

4  $ 

36  $ 

45  $ 

— 

— 

2 

3 

4  $ 

4  $ 

38  $ 

48  $ 

18  $ 

(5)   

13  $ 

24 

(37) 

(13) 

We had three pension plans at October 2, 2021 and four pension plans at October 3, 2020, that had an accumulated benefit obligation 
in excess of plan assets. Plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets are as follows (in millions):

Projected benefit obligation

Accumulated benefit obligation

Fair value of plan assets

Pension Benefits

Qualified

Non-Qualified

2021

2020

2021

$ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

220  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

220 

— 

2020

238 

238 

— 

The accumulated benefit obligation for all qualified pension plans was $28 million and $31 million at October 2, 2021, and October 3, 
2020, respectively.

Net Periodic Benefit Cost (Credit)
Components of net periodic benefit cost (credit) for pension and postretirement benefit plans recognized in the Consolidated 
Statements of Income are as follows (in millions):

Pension Benefits

Other Postretirement

Service cost

Interest cost

Expected return on plan assets

Amortization of prior service cost

Recognized actuarial loss (gain), net

Recognized settlement loss (gain) 

Net periodic benefit cost (credit)

Qualified
2020

2021

2019
$  —  $  —  $  —  $  —  $  —  $ 

2021

2020

Non-Qualified

2019

2021

Benefits
2020

1  $ 

2  $ 

2  $ 

  — 

  — 

14 

56 

6 

8 

9 

1 

1 

(17)   

(57)    — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

(1)   

1 

4 

1 

3 

1 

2 

(2)   

(6)   

  — 

4 

(2) 

5 

  — 

(112)   

19 

  — 

  — 

  — 

(34)    — 

  — 

$  —  $  (115)  $ 

17  $ 

11  $ 

12  $ 

13  $ 

(33)  $ 

1  $ 

6 

2019
2 

1 

Each of the components other than the service cost component were recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income in Other, net. 
As of October 2, 2021, we expect no amounts to be reclassified into earnings within the next 12 months related to net periodic benefit 
cost (credit) for the qualified pension plans. As of October 2, 2021, the amounts expected to be reclassified into earnings within the 
next 12 months related to net periodic benefit cost (credit) for the non-qualified pension plans and the other postretirement benefit 
plans are not significant.

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assumptions
Weighted average assumptions are as follows:

Discount rate to determine net periodic 
benefit cost
Discount rate to determine benefit 
obligations
Rate of compensation increase

Expected return on plan assets

Pension Benefits

Other Postretirement

Qualified

Non-Qualified

Benefits

2021

2020

2019

2021

2020

2019

2021

2020

2019

 1.70 %  3.23 %  4.26 %  2.63 %  3.19 %  4.31 %  1.95 %  2.68 %  3.99 %

 2.00 %  1.70 %  3.23 %  2.83 %  2.63 %  3.16 %  2.07 %  1.95 %  2.68 %

n/a

n/a

n/a

 1.70 %  3.50 %  3.50 %

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

To determine the expected return on plan assets assumption, we first examined historical rates of return for the various asset classes 
within the plans. We then determined a long-term projected rate-of-return based on expected returns. Our discount rate assumptions 
used to account for pension and other postretirement benefit plans reflect the rates at which the benefit obligations could be effectively 
settled. The discount rates for two of our plans that were settled in fiscal 2020 were determined using a composite rate comprised of an 
annuity purchase rate and a lump sum conversion discount rate based on the portions of the populations that were purchased under the 
annuity contract with the insurance company versus those who elected lump sums, respectively. The discount rates for our other plans 
were determined using a cash flow matching technique whereby the rates of a yield curve, developed from high-quality debt securities, 
were applied to the benefit obligations to determine the appropriate discount rate. 

We have eight other postretirement benefit plans, of which five are healthcare and life insurance related. Two of these plans, with 
benefit obligations totaling $14 million at October 2, 2021, were not impacted by healthcare cost trend rates as one consists of fixed 
annual payments and one is life insurance related. One of the healthcare plans, with benefit obligations less than $1 million at 
October 2, 2021, was not impacted by healthcare cost trend rates due to previous plan amendments. The remaining two plans, with 
benefit obligations totaling $1 million and $4 million, at October 2, 2021, utilized assumed healthcare cost trend rates of 6.6% and 
6.3%, respectively. The healthcare cost trend rates for the two plans will be grading down to an ultimate rate of 4.5% in 2027 and 
2029, respectively. 

Plan Assets
Plan assets at October 2, 2021 were not significant.

Contributions
Our policy is to fund at least the minimum contribution required to meet applicable federal employee benefit and local tax laws. In our 
sole discretion, we may from time to time fund additional amounts. Expected contributions to pension plans for fiscal 2022 are 
approximately $14 million. For fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, we funded $15 million, $19 million and $13 million, respectively, to 
pension plans.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments
The following benefit payments are expected to be paid (in millions):

2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027-2031

Pension Benefits

Qualified

Non-Qualified

Other Postretirement
Benefits

$ 

1  $ 
2 
1 
— 
— 
4 

13  $ 
13 
13 
13 
13 
62 

3 
3 
3 
2 
3 
7 

The above benefit payments for other postretirement benefit plans are not expected to be offset by Medicare Part D subsidies in fiscal 
2022.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Multi-Employer Plan
Additionally, we participate in one multi-employer plan that provides defined benefits to certain team members covered by collective 
bargaining agreements. Such plans are usually administered by a board of trustees composed of the management of the participating 
companies and labor representatives. 

The risks of participating in multi-employer plans are different from single-employer plans. Assets contributed to the multi-employer 
plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to team members of other participating employers. If a participating employer 
stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligation of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers. If we stop 
participating in a plan, we may be required to pay that plan an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a 
withdrawal liability. 

The net pension cost of the plan is equal to the annual contributions determined in accordance with the provisions of negotiated labor 
contracts. Contributions to the plan were $1 million in fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020. Assets contributed to such plans are not segregated 
or otherwise restricted to provide benefits only to our team members. The future cost of the plans is dependent on a number of factors 
including the funded status of the plans and the ability of the other participating companies to meet ongoing funding obligations. 

Our participation in the multi-employer plan for fiscal 2021 is outlined below. The EIN/Pension Plan Number column provides the 
Employer Identification Number ("EIN") and the three-digit plan number. The most recent Pension Protection Act ("PPA") zone status 
available in fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020 is for the plan's year beginning January 1, 2021, and 2020, respectively. The zone status is 
based on information that we have received from the plan and is certified by the plan's actuaries. Among other factors, plans in the red 
zone are generally less than 65 percent funded. Plans that are critical and declining status are projected to have an accumulated 
funding deficiency. The FIP/RP Status column indicates plans for which a financial improvement plan ("FIP") or rehabilitation plan 
("RP") is either pending or has been implemented. The last column lists the expiration date of the collective-bargaining agreement to 
which the plan is subject. During fiscal 2020, we initiated our withdrawal from the Pension Fund of Local 227, which was acquired in 
conjunction with our acquisition of Keystone Foods. As a result of our withdrawal from the Pension Fund of Local 227, we recorded a 
$1 million termination liability.

In addition to regular contributions, we could be obligated to pay additional contributions (known as complete or partial withdrawal 
liabilities) if it has unfunded vested benefits. 

PPA Zone 
Status

FIP/RP 
Status

Contributions 
(in millions)

Surcharge 
Imposed

EIN/Pension 
Plan Number

2021

2020

Implemented 2021 2020 2019

2021

Expiration Date 
of Collective 
Bargaining 
Agreement

52-6118572/001

Red

Red

Nov 2012

$1

$1

$1

10%

2024-08-02

Pension Fund Plan Name

Bakery and Confectionery 
Union and Industry 
International Pension Fund

NOTE 17: COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss are as follows (in millions):

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:

Unrealized net hedging loss
Unrealized net gain (loss) on investments
Currency translation adjustment
Postretirement benefits reserve adjustments

Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

2021

(13)  $ 
1 
(119)   
(41)   
(172)  $ 

2020

(15) 
2 
(136) 
(30) 
(179) 

$ 

$ 

73

 
 
 
 
 
The before and after tax changes in the components of other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows (in millions):

Derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges:
(Gain) loss reclassified to interest expense
(Gain) loss reclassified to cost of sales
Unrealized gain (loss)

Investments:

Unrealized gain (loss)

Currency translation:

Translation adjustment

Postretirement benefits:
Unrealized gain (loss)
Pension settlement reclassified to other (income) 
expense

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

NOTE 18: SEGMENT REPORTING

2021

Tax

Before 
Tax

After 
Tax

Before 
Tax

2020

Tax

After 
Tax

Before 
Tax

2019

Tax

After 
Tax

$ 

1  $  —  $ 
1  $ 
1 
1    —   
  —    —    — 

6  $ 
24   
(17)  

(2) $ 
(7)  
5   

4  $ 
17 
(12)   

1  $  —  $ 
(5)  
18   
10   
(39)  

1 
13 
(29) 

(1)   —   

(1)   

1    —   

1 

3   

(1)  

2 

17    —   

17 

(29)   —   

(29)   

(23)   —   

(23) 

10   

(2)  

8 

1    —   

1 

  (114)  

31   

(83) 

(26)  
2  $ 

$ 

7   
5  $ 

(19)   

(58)  

17 
(44)   
7  $  (72) $  10  $  (62)  $  (131) $  29  $ (102) 

14   

23   

(6)  

We operate in four reportable segments: Beef, Pork, Chicken, and Prepared Foods. We measure segment profit as operating income 
(loss). International/Other primarily includes our foreign operations in Australia, China, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, South 
Korea and Thailand, third-party merger and integration costs and corporate overhead related to Tyson New Ventures, LLC.

Beef
Beef includes our operations related to processing live fed cattle and fabricating dressed beef carcasses into primal and sub-primal 
meat cuts and case-ready products. Products are marketed domestically to food retailers, foodservice distributors, restaurant operators, 
hotel chains and noncommercial foodservice establishments such as schools, healthcare facilities, the military and other food 
processors, as well as to international export markets. This segment also includes sales from specialty products such as hides and 
variety meats, as well as logistics operations to move products through the supply chain. 

Pork
Pork includes our operations related to processing live market hogs and fabricating pork carcasses into primal and sub-primal cuts and 
case-ready products. Products are marketed domestically to food retailers, foodservice distributors, restaurant operators, hotel chains 
and noncommercial foodservice establishments such as schools, healthcare facilities, the military and other food processors, as well as 
to international export markets. This segment also includes our live swine group, related specialty product processing activities and 
logistics operations to move products through the supply chain. 

Chicken
Chicken includes our domestic operations related to raising and processing live chickens into, and purchasing raw materials for fresh, 
frozen and value-added chicken products, as well as sales from specialty products. Our value-added chicken products primarily 
include breaded chicken strips, nuggets, patties and other ready-to-fix or fully cooked chicken parts. Products are marketed 
domestically to food retailers, foodservice distributors, restaurant operators, hotel chains and noncommercial foodservice 
establishments such as schools, convenience stores, healthcare facilities, the military and other food processors, as well as to 
international export markets. This segment also includes logistics operations to move products through our domestic supply chain and 
the global operations of our chicken breeding stock subsidiary. 

Prepared Foods
Prepared Foods includes our operations related to manufacturing and marketing frozen and refrigerated food products and logistics 
operations to move products through the supply chain. This segment includes brands such as Jimmy Dean®, Hillshire Farm®, Ball 
Park®, Wright®, State Fair®, as well as artisanal brands Aidells® and Gallo Salame®. Products primarily include ready-to-eat 
sandwiches, sandwich components such as flame-grilled hamburgers and Philly steaks, pepperoni, bacon, breakfast sausage, turkey, 
lunchmeat, hot dogs, flour and corn tortilla products, appetizers, snacks, prepared meals, ethnic foods, side dishes, meat dishes, 
breadsticks and processed meats. Products are marketed domestically to food retailers, foodservice distributors, restaurant operators, 
hotel chains and noncommercial foodservice establishments such as schools, convenience stores, healthcare facilities, the military and 
other food processors, as well as to international export markets. 

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We allocate expenses related to corporate activities to the segments, except for third-party merger and integration costs of $2 million, 
$5 million and $36 million in fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and corporate overhead related to Tyson New Ventures, LLC, 
which are included in International/Other. Intersegment sales transactions, which were at market price, are included in the segment 
sales in the table below. Assets and additions to property, plant and equipment relating to corporate activities remain in International/
Other. 

Information on segments and a reconciliation to income from continuing operations before income taxes are as follows (in millions):

Beef

Pork

Chicken

Prepared
Foods

International/
Other

Intersegment

Sales Consolidated

Fiscal 2021
Sales

Operating Income (Loss)

Total Other (Income) Expense

Income before Income Taxes

Depreciation and amortization

Total Assets

Additions to property, plant and 

equipment
Fiscal 2020
Sales

Operating Income (Loss)

Total Other (Income) Expense

Income before Income Taxes

Depreciation and amortization

Total Assets

Additions to property, plant and 

equipment
Fiscal 2019
Sales

Operating Income (Loss)

Total Other (Income) Expense

Income before Income Taxes

Depreciation and amortization

Total Assets

Additions to property, plant and 

equipment

$  17,999  $ 

6,277  $  13,733  $ 

8,853  $ 

1,990  $ 

(1,803)  $ 

47,049 

3,240 

328 

(625)   

1,456 

(3) 

108 

3,678 

61 

564 

385 

1,583 

11,373 

14,630 

246 

100 

518 

237 

77 

5,045 

108 

4,396 

355 

4,041 

1,195 

36,309 

1,209 

$  15,742  $ 

5,128  $  13,234  $ 

8,532  $ 

1,856  $ 

(1,307)  $ 

43,185 

1,580 

565 

122 

743 

(2) 

106 

3,223 

56 

553 

398 

1,516 

11,028 

14,883 

219 

117 

577 

211 

65 

3,806 

75 

3,008 

344 

2,664 

1,178 

34,456 

1,199 

$  15,828  $ 

4,932  $  13,300  $ 

8,418  $ 

1,289  $ 

(1,362)  $ 

42,405 

1,050 

263 

621 

843 

(7) 

97 

2,958 

47 

513 

397 

1,372 

10,807 

15,138 

133 

128 

637 

246 

32 

2,643 

115 

2,770 

396 

2,374 

1,086 

32,918 

1,259 

Our largest customer, Walmart Inc., accounted for 18.3%, 18.7% and 16.9% of consolidated sales in fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, 
respectively. Sales to Walmart Inc. were included in all the segments. Any extended discontinuance of sales to this customer could, if 
not replaced, have a material impact on our operations.

The majority of our operations are domiciled in the United States. Approximately 95%, 95% and 96% of sales to external customers 
for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, were sourced from the United States. Approximately $25.1 billion and $25.6 billion of 
long-lived assets were located in the United States at October 2, 2021, and October 3, 2020, respectively. Excluding goodwill and 
intangible assets, long-lived assets located in the United States totaled approximately $8.7 billion and $8.5 billion at October 2, 2021, 
and October 3, 2020, respectively. Approximately $1,369 million and $1,287 million of long-lived assets were located in foreign 
locations, primarily Brazil, China, the European Union, New Zealand and Thailand at October 2, 2021, and October 3, 2020, 
respectively. Excluding goodwill and intangible assets, long-lived assets in foreign countries totaled approximately $745 million and 
$648 million at October 2, 2021, and October 3, 2020, respectively. 

We sell certain products in foreign markets, primarily Australia, Canada, Central America, Chile, China, the European Union, the 
United Kingdom, Japan, Mexico, Malaysia, the Middle East, South Korea, Taiwan and Thailand. Our export sales from the United 
States totaled $4.9 billion, $4.0 billion and $4.1 billion for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Substantially all of our export 
sales are facilitated through unaffiliated brokers, marketing associations and foreign sales staffs. Sales of products produced in a 
country other than the United States were less than 10% of consolidated sales for each of fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019. 

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables further disaggregate our sales to customers by major distribution channels (in millions):

Beef
Pork
Chicken
Prepared Foods
International/Other
Intersegment
Total

Beef
Pork
Chicken
Prepared Foods
International/Other
Intersegment
Total

Beef
Pork
Chicken
Prepared Foods
International/Other
Intersegment
Total

Twelve months ended October 2, 2021

Retail(a)

Foodservice(b)

International(c)

Industrial and 
Other(d)

Intersegment

8,779  $ 
1,787 
6,112 
5,231 
— 
— 
21,909  $ 

4,326  $ 
474 
5,566 
3,311 
— 
— 
13,677  $ 

2,720  $ 
1,173 
770 
140 
1,990 
— 
6,793  $ 

1,719  $ 
1,563 
1,217 
171 
— 
— 
4,670  $ 

455  $ 

1,280 
68 
— 
— 
(1,803)   
—  $ 

Total
17,999 
6,277 
13,733 
8,853 
1,990 
(1,803) 
47,049 

Twelve months ended October 3, 2020

Retail(a)

Foodservice(b)

International(c)

Industrial and 
Other(d)

Intersegment

8,155  $ 
1,590 
5,935 
5,137 
— 
— 
20,817  $ 

3,669  $ 
403 
4,892 
3,090 
— 
— 
12,054  $ 

2,183  $ 
1,026 
642 
126 
1,856 
— 
5,833  $ 

1,345  $ 
1,244 
1,713 
179 
— 
— 
4,481  $ 

390  $ 
865 
52 
— 
— 
(1,307)   
—  $ 

Total
15,742 
5,128 
13,234 
8,532 
1,856 
(1,307) 
43,185 

Twelve months ended September 28, 2019

Retail(a)

Foodservice(b)

International(c)

Industrial and 
Other(d)

Intersegment

7,420  $ 
1,415 
5,637 
4,793 
— 
— 
19,265  $ 

4,151  $ 
400 
5,138 
3,270 
— 
— 
12,959  $ 

2,426  $ 
890 
690 
104 
1,289 
— 
5,399  $ 

1,420  $ 
1,334 
1,777 
251 
— 
— 
4,782  $ 

411  $ 
893 
58 
— 
— 
(1,362)   
—  $ 

Total
15,828 
4,932 
13,300 
8,418 
1,289 
(1,362) 
42,405 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(a) Includes sales to consumer products and food retailers, such as grocery retailers, warehouse club stores, and internet-based retailers.
(b) Includes sales to foodservice distributors, restaurant operators, hotel chains and noncommercial foodservice establishments such as schools, 

convenience stores, healthcare facilities and the military.

(c) Includes sales to international markets related to internationally produced products or export sales of domestically produced products.
(d) Includes sales to industrial food processing companies that further process our product to sell to end consumers and any remaining sales not 

included in the Retail, Foodservice or International categories. For fiscal 2021, the Chicken segment included a $545 million reduction in Other 
due to the recognition of legal contingency accruals.  

NOTE 19: SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOWS INFORMATION

The following table summarizes cash payments for interest and income taxes (in millions):

Interest, net of amounts capitalized

Income taxes, net of refunds

$ 

2021

444  $ 

683 

2020

536  $ 

511 

2019

419 

557 

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 20: TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

We have related party leases for two wastewater facilities with an entity owned by the Donald J. Tyson Revocable Trust (for which 
Mr. John Tyson, Chairman of the Company, is a trustee), Berry Street Waste Water Treatment Plant, LP (90% of which is owned by 
the Tyson Limited Partnership), and the sisters of Mr. Tyson. As of October 2, 2021 and October 3, 2020, one lease was classified as a 
finance lease with a debt balance of $7 million which is primarily recognized as Long-term debt in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. 
The other lease was classified as an operating lease with a lease liability balance of $3 million and no balance as of October 2, 2021 
and October 3, 2020, respectively, which is primarily recognized within Other Liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Total 
payments of approximately $1 million in each of fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 were paid to lease the facilities.

As of October 2, 2021, the TLP, of which John Tyson and director Barbara Tyson are general partners, owned 70 million shares, or 
99.985% of our outstanding Class B stock and, along with the members of the Tyson family, owned 6.7 million shares of Class A 
stock, giving it control of approximately 71.04% of the total voting power of our outstanding voting stock. 

In fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company provided administrative services to the Tyson Limited Partnership, the beneficial owner 
of 70 million shares of Class B stock, and the Tyson Limited Partnership, through TLP Investment, L.P., reimbursed the Company 
$0.2 million in fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020 and $0.3 million in fiscal 2019.

NOTE 21: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments
We guarantee obligations of certain outside third parties, consisting primarily of grower loans, which are substantially collateralized 
by the underlying assets. The remaining terms of the underlying obligations cover periods up to 9 years, and the maximum potential 
amount of future payments as of October 2, 2021, was $11 million. The likelihood of material payments under these guarantees is not 
considered probable. At October 2, 2021, and October 3, 2020, no significant liabilities for guarantees were recorded.

We have cash flow assistance programs in which certain livestock suppliers participate. Under these programs, we pay an amount for 
livestock equivalent to a standard cost to grow such livestock during periods of low market sales prices. The amounts of such 
payments that are in excess of the market sales price are recorded as receivables and accrue interest. Participating suppliers are 
obligated to repay these receivables balances when market sales prices exceed this standard cost, or upon termination of the 
agreement. Our potential maximum obligation associated with these programs is limited to the fair value of each participating 
livestock supplier’s net tangible assets. The potential maximum obligation as of October 2, 2021, was approximately $305 million. 
The total receivables under these programs were $5 million and $29 million at October 2, 2021 and October 3, 2020, respectively. 
These receivables are included, net of allowance for uncollectible amounts, in Accounts Receivable in our Consolidated Balance 
Sheets. Even though these programs are limited to the net tangible assets of the participating livestock suppliers, we also manage a 
portion of our credit risk associated with these programs by obtaining security interests in livestock suppliers’ assets. After analyzing 
residual credit risks and general market conditions, we had no allowance for these programs' estimated uncollectible receivables at 
October 2, 2021, and October 3, 2020.

When constructing new facilities or making major enhancements to existing facilities, we will occasionally enter into incentive 
agreements with local government agencies in order to reduce certain state and local tax expenditures. These funds are generally 
considered restricted cash, which is reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in Other Assets, and totaled $3 million and 
$46 million at October 2, 2021 and October 3, 2020, respectively. Additionally, under certain agreements, we transfer the related 
assets to various local government entities and receive Industrial Revenue Bonds. We immediately lease the facilities from the local 
government entities and have an option to re-purchase the facilities for a nominal amount upon tendering the Industrial Revenue 
Bonds to the local government entities at various predetermined dates. The Industrial Revenue Bonds and the associated obligations 
for the leases of the facilities offset, and the underlying assets remain in property, plant and equipment. At October 2, 2021, total 
amounts under these types of arrangements totaled $609 million.

Additionally, we enter into other purchase commitments for various items such as grains, livestock contracts and variable livestock 
grower commitments that are estimable, which at October 2, 2021 were (in millions):

2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027 and beyond
Total

$ 

$ 

Purchase Obligations
2,455 
280 
175 
117 
84 
124 
3,235 

77

 
 
 
 
 
Contingencies
In the normal course of business, we are involved in various claims, lawsuits, investigations and legal proceedings, including those 
specifically identified below. Each quarter, we determine whether to accrue for loss contingencies based on our assessment of whether 
the potential loss is probable, reasonably possible or remote and to the extent a loss is probable, whether it is reasonably estimable. We 
record accruals in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements for matters that we conclude are probable and the financial 
impact is reasonably estimable. Regardless of the manner of resolution, frequently the most significant changes in the status of a 
matter may occur over a short time period, often following a lengthy period of little substantive activity. While these accruals reflect 
the Company’s best estimate of the probable loss for those matters as of the dates of those accruals, the recorded amounts may differ 
materially from the actual amount of the losses for those matters. Listed below are certain claims made against the Company for which 
the magnitude of the potential exposure could be material to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Broiler Antitrust Civil Litigation
Beginning in September 2016, a series of purported federal class action lawsuits styled In re Broiler Chicken Antitrust Litigation (the 
“Broiler Antitrust Civil Litigation”) were filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois against us and 
certain of our poultry subsidiaries, as well as several other poultry processing companies. The operative complaints, which have been 
amended throughout the litigation, contain allegations that, among other things, assert that beginning in January 2008, the defendants 
conspired and combined to fix, raise, maintain, and stabilize the price of broiler chickens in violation of United States antitrust laws. 
The plaintiffs also allege that defendants “manipulated and artificially inflated a widely used Broiler price index, the Georgia Dock.” 
The plaintiffs further allege that the defendants concealed this conduct from the plaintiffs and the members of the putative classes. The 
plaintiffs seek treble damages, injunctive relief, pre- and post-judgment interest, costs, and attorneys’ fees on behalf of the putative 
classes. In addition, the complaints on behalf of the putative classes of indirect purchasers include causes of action under various state 
unfair competition laws, consumer protection laws, and unjust enrichment common laws. Since the original filing, certain putative 
class members have opted out of the matter and are proceeding with individual direct actions making similar claims, and others may 
do so in the future.

Settlements
On January 19, 2021, we announced that we had reached agreement to settle certain class claims related to the Broiler Antitrust Civil 
Litigation. Settlement terms were reached with the putative Direct Purchaser Plaintiff Class, the putative Commercial and Institutional 
Indirect Purchaser Plaintiff Class and the putative End-User Plaintiff Class (collectively, the “Classes”). Under the terms of the 
settlements, we have agreed to pay the Classes an aggregate amount of $221.5 million in settlement of all outstanding claims brought 
by the Classes. On February 23, 2021, March 22, 2021 and October 15, 2021, the Court granted preliminary approval of the 
settlements with the putative Direct Purchaser Plaintiff Class, the putative End-User Plaintiff Class and the putative Commercial and 
Institutional Indirect Purchaser Plaintiff Class, respectively. On June 29, 2021, the Court granted final approval to the settlement with 
the Direct Purchaser Plaintiff Class. The settlements with the putative Commercial and Institutional Indirect Purchaser Plaintiff Class 
and the End-User Plaintiff Class remain subject to final court approval. The foregoing settlements do not settle claims made by 
plaintiffs who opt out of the Classes in the Broiler Antitrust Civil Litigation. In the first quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company recorded 
an aggregate legal contingency accrual of $320 million for the above-referenced settlements and to resolve the remaining claims 
brought by opt-out plaintiffs.

In the third quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company accrued an additional $225 million for the estimated costs to resolve the remaining 
claims brought by opt-out plaintiffs, bringing the total recorded legal contingency accrual for claims related to this matter to 
$545 million, which amount includes our existing settlements. This amount reflects an estimate of the probable losses with respect to 
claims in the Broiler Antitrust Civil Litigation and bid-rigging claims of potentially affected parties identified by the DOJ in the 
indictments noted below. We are currently pursuing settlement discussions with the remaining opt-out plaintiffs with respect to the 
remaining claims. While we do not admit any liability as part of the settlements, we believe that the settlements were in the best 
interests of the Company and its shareholders to avoid the uncertainty, risk, expense and distraction of protracted litigation. In the 
fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company reduced its total recorded legal contingency accrual by $80 million for amounts it had paid 
related to this matter in connection with the Court’s granting of the final approval to the settlement with the Direct Purchaser Plaintiff 
Class noted above. Accordingly, at October 2, 2021, the legal contingency accrual for claims related to this matter was $465 million.

78

Government Investigations
U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) Antitrust Division. On June 21, 2019, the DOJ filed a motion to intervene and sought a limited 
stay of discovery in the Broiler Antitrust Civil Litigation, which the court granted in part. Subsequently, we received a grand jury 
subpoena from the DOJ seeking additional documents and information related to the chicken industry. On June 2, 2020 a grand jury 
for the District of Colorado returned an indictment charging four individual executives employed by two other poultry processing 
companies with conspiracy to engage in bid-rigging in violation of federal antitrust laws. On June 10, 2020, we announced that we 
uncovered information in connection with the grand jury subpoena that we had previously self-reported to the DOJ and have been 
fully cooperating with the DOJ as part of our application for leniency under the DOJ's Corporate Leniency Program. Subsequently, the 
DOJ has announced indictments against additional individuals, as well as other poultry processing companies, and alleging a 
conspiracy to fix prices and rig bids for broiler chicken products from at least 2012 until at least early 2019. In August 2021, the 
Company was granted conditional leniency by the DOJ for the matters we self-reported, which means that provided the Company 
continues to fully cooperate with the DOJ, neither the Company nor any of our cooperating employees will face prosecution or 
criminal fines or penalties. We continue to fully cooperate with the DOJ in connection with the ongoing federal antitrust investigation.

State Matters. The Offices of the Attorney General in New Mexico, Alaska and Washington have filed complaints against us and 
certain of our poultry subsidiaries, as well as several other poultry processing companies and Agri Stats, Inc., an information services 
provider (“Agri Stats”). The complaints are based on allegations similar to those asserted in the Broiler Antitrust Civil Litigation and 
allege violations of state antitrust, unfair trade practice, and unjust enrichment laws. The Company has not recorded any liability for 
the foregoing matters as of October 2, 2021 as it does not believe a loss is probable or reasonably estimable at this time because the 
proceedings are in preliminary stages. In addition, we are cooperating with various state governmental agencies and officials, 
including the Offices of the Attorney General for Florida and Louisiana, investigating or otherwise seeking information, testimony 
and/or documents, regarding the conduct alleged in the Broiler Antitrust Civil Litigation and related matters.

Broiler Chicken Grower Litigation
On January 27, 2017 and March 26, 2017, putative class action complaints were filed against us and certain of our poultry 
subsidiaries, as well as several other vertically integrated poultry processing companies, in the United States District Court for the 
Eastern District of Oklahoma styled In re Broiler Chicken Grower Litigation. The plaintiffs allege, among other things, that the 
defendants colluded not to compete for broiler raising services “with the purpose and effect of fixing, maintaining, and/or stabilizing 
grower compensation below competitive levels.” The plaintiffs also allege that the defendants “agreed to share detailed data on 
[g]rower compensation with one another, with the purpose and effect of artificially depressing [g]rower compensation below 
competitive levels.” The plaintiffs contend these alleged acts constitute violations of the Sherman Antitrust Act and Section 202 of the 
Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards Act of 1921. The plaintiffs are seeking treble damages, pre- and post-judgment interest, 
costs, and attorneys’ fees on behalf of the putative class. Additional named plaintiffs filed similar class action complaints in federal 
district courts in North Carolina, Colorado, Kansas and California. All actions were subsequently consolidated in the Eastern District 
of Oklahoma. In June 2021, we reached an agreement to settle with the putative class of broiler chicken farmers all claims raised in 
this consolidated action on terms not material to the Company for which the Company recorded an accrual in its Consolidated 
Financial Statements as of October 2, 2021. On August 23, 2021, the Court granted preliminary approval of the settlement, and a final 
fairness hearing is scheduled for February 18, 2022.

Pork Antitrust Litigation 
Beginning June 18, 2018, a series of putative class action complaints were filed against us and certain of our pork subsidiaries, as well 
as several other pork processing companies, in the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota styled In re Pork Antitrust 
Litigation (the "Pork Antitrust Civil Litigation"). The plaintiffs allege, among other things, that beginning in January 2009, the 
defendants conspired and combined to fix, raise, maintain, and stabilize the price of pork and pork products in violation of federal 
antitrust laws. The complaints on behalf of the putative classes of indirect purchasers also include causes of action under various state 
unfair competition laws, consumer protection laws, and unjust enrichment common laws. The plaintiffs seek treble damages, 
injunctive relief, pre- and post-judgment interest, costs, and attorneys’ fees on behalf of the putative classes. Since the original filing, 
certain putative class members have opted out of the matter and are proceeding with individual direct actions making similar claims, 
and others may do so in the future. The Company has not recorded any liability for this matter as of October 2, 2021 as it does not 
believe a loss is probable or reasonably estimable because the Company believes that it has valid and meritorious defenses against the 
allegations and because the classes have not yet been defined or certified by the court.

The Offices of the Attorney General in New Mexico and Alaska have filed complaints against us and certain of our pork subsidiaries, 
as well as several other pork processing companies and Agri Stats. The complaints are based on allegations similar to those asserted in 
the Pork Antitrust Civil Litigation and allege violations of state antitrust, unfair trade practice, and unjust enrichment laws based on 
allegations of conspiracies to exchange information and manipulate the supply of pork. The Company has not recorded any liability 
for the foregoing matters as of October 2, 2021 as it does not believe a loss is probable or reasonably estimable at this time because the 
proceedings are in preliminary stages.

79

Beef Antitrust Litigation
On April 23, 2019, a putative class action complaint was filed against us and our beef and pork subsidiary, Tyson Fresh Meats, Inc., as 
well as other beef packer defendants, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois. The plaintiffs allege that 
the defendants engaged in a conspiracy from January 2015 to the present to reduce fed cattle prices in violation of federal antitrust 
laws, the Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards Act of 1921, and the Commodities Exchange Act by periodically reducing their 
slaughter volumes so as to reduce demand for fed cattle, curtailing their purchases and slaughters of cash-purchased cattle during those 
same periods, coordinating their procurement practices for fed cattle settled on a cash basis, importing foreign cattle at a loss so as to 
reduce domestic demand, and closing and idling plants. In addition, the plaintiffs also allege the defendants colluded to manipulate 
live cattle futures and options traded on the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. The plaintiffs seek, among other things, treble monetary 
damages, punitive damages, restitution, and pre- and post-judgment interest, as well as declaratory and injunctive relief. Other similar 
lawsuits were filed by cattle ranchers in other district courts which were then transferred to the United States District Court for the 
District of Minnesota and consolidated and styled as In Re Cattle Antitrust Litigation. On February 18, 2021, we moved to dismiss the 
amended complaints, and on September 23, 2021, the court granted the motion with respect to certain state law claims but denied the 
motion with respect to the plaintiffs’ federal antitrust claims. The Company has not recorded any liability for this matter as of October 
2, 2021 as it does not believe a loss is probable or reasonably estimable at this time because the Company believes that it has valid and 
meritorious defenses against the allegations and because the classes have not yet been defined or certified by the court.

On April 26, 2019, a putative class of indirect purchasers filed a class action complaint against us, other beef packers, and Agri Stats 
in the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota. The plaintiffs allege that the packer defendants conspired to reduce 
slaughter capacity by closing or idling plants, limiting their purchases of cash cattle, coordinating their procurement of cash cattle, and 
reducing their slaughter numbers so as to reduce beef output, all in order to artificially raise prices of beef. The plaintiffs seek, among 
other things, damages under state antitrust and consumer protection statutes and the common law of approximately 30 states, as well 
as injunctive relief. The indirect consumer purchaser litigation is styled Peterson v. JBS USA Food Company Holdings, et al. 
Additional complaints have been filed on behalf of a putative class of direct purchasers of beef containing allegations of violations of 
Section 1 of the Sherman Act based on an alleged conspiracy to artificially fix, raise, and stabilize the wholesale price for beef, as well 
as on behalf of a putative class of commercial and institutional indirect purchasers of beef containing allegations of violations of 
Section 1 of the Sherman Act, various state antitrust laws and unjust enrichment based on an alleged conspiracy to artificially inflate 
the price for beef. On September 28, 2020, the court granted our motion to dismiss the complaint. On December 28, 2020, the 
plaintiffs filed amended complaints. On February 18, 2021, we moved to dismiss the amended complaints, and on September 23, 
2021, the court granted the motion with respect to certain state law claims but denied the motion with respect to the plaintiffs’ federal 
antitrust claims. Since the original filing, certain putative class members have opted out of the matter and are proceeding with 
individual direct actions making similar claims, and others may do so in the future. The Company has not recorded any liability for 
this matter as of October 2, 2021 as it does not believe a loss is probable or reasonably estimable at this time because the Company 
believes that it has valid and meritorious defenses against the allegations and because the classes have not yet been defined or certified 
by the court.

On May 22, 2020, December 23, 2020 and October 29, 2021, we received civil investigative demands ("CIDs") from DOJ's Antitrust 
Division. The CIDs request information related to the fed cattle and beef packing markets. We have been cooperating with the DOJ's 
Antitrust Division with respect to the CIDs. The Offices of the Attorney General for multiple states are participating in the 
investigation and coordinating with the DOJ.

Wage Rate Litigation
On August 30, 2019, a putative class of non-supervisory production and maintenance employees at chicken processing plants in the 
continental United States filed class action complaints against us and certain of our subsidiaries, as well as several other poultry 
processing companies, in the United States District Court for the District of Maryland. The plaintiffs allege that the defendants directly 
and through a wage survey and benchmarking service exchanged information regarding labor rates in an effort to depress and fix the 
rates of wages for non-supervisory production and maintenance workers in violation of federal antitrust laws. The plaintiffs seek, 
among other things, treble monetary damages, punitive damages, restitution, and pre- and post-judgment interest, as well as 
declaratory and injunctive relief. Additional lawsuits s making similar allegations were consolidated including an amended 
consolidated complaint containing additional allegations concerning turkey processing plants naming additional defendants. We 
moved to dismiss the amended consolidated complaint. On September 16, 2020, the court dismissed claims against us and certain 
other defendants without prejudice because the complaint improperly grouped together corporate subsidiaries. The court otherwise 
denied the defendants’ motions to dismiss and sustained claims based on alleged conspiracies to fix wages and exchange information 
against five other defendants. The parties are now conducting discovery. In the third quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company recorded an 
accrual for the estimated probable losses that it expects to incur for this matter in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

80

Other Matters
Our subsidiary, The Hillshire Brands Company (formerly named Sara Lee Corporation), is a party to a consolidation of cases filed by 
individual complainants with the Republic of the Philippines, Department of Labor and Employment and the National Labor Relations 
Commission (“NLRC”) from 1998 through July 1999. The complaint was filed against Aris Philippines, Inc., Sara Lee Corporation, 
Sara Lee Philippines, Inc., Fashion Accessories Philippines, Inc., and Attorney Cesar C. Cruz (collectively, the “respondents”). The 
complaint alleges, among other things, that the respondents engaged in unfair labor practices in connection with the termination of 
manufacturing operations in the Philippines in 1995 by Aris Philippines, Inc., a former subsidiary of The Hillshire Brands Company. 
In late 2004, a labor arbiter ruled against the respondents and awarded the complainants approximately $68 million in damages and 
fees. From 2004 through 2014, the parties filed numerous appeals, motions for reconsideration and petitions for review, certain of 
which remained outstanding for several years. On December 15, 2016, we learned that the NLRC rendered its decision on November 
29, 2016, regarding the respondents’ appeals regarding the labor arbiter’s 2004 ruling in favor of the complainants. The NLRC 
increased the award for 4,922 of the total 5,984 complainants to approximately $292 million. However, the NLRC approved a prior 
settlement reached with the group comprising approximately 18% of the class of 5,984 complainants, pursuant to which The Hillshire 
Brands Company agreed to pay each settling complainant approximately $1,300. The parties filed numerous appeals, motions for 
reconsideration and petitions for review related to the NLRC award and settlement payment. The Court of Appeals subsequently 
vacated the NLRC’s award on April 12, 2018. Complainants have filed motions for reconsideration with the Court of Appeals which 
were denied. Claimants have since filed petitions for writ of certiorari with the Supreme Court of the Philippines, which has accepted. 
The Company continues to maintain an accrual for estimated probable losses for this matter in the Company’s Consolidated Financial 
Statements.

Various claims have been asserted against the Company, its subsidiaries, and its officers and agents by, and on behalf of, team 
members who claim to have contracted COVID-19 in our facilities. The Company has not recorded any liability for these matters as of 
October 2, 2021 as it does not believe a loss is probable or reasonably estimable at this time because it believes the allegations in the 
claims are without merit.

81

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Tyson Foods, Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tyson Foods, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of 
October 2, 2021 and October 3, 2020, and the related consolidated statements of income, of comprehensive income, of shareholders' 
equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 2, 2021, including the related notes and schedule of 
valuation and qualifying accounts for each of the three years in the period ended October 2, 2021 appearing under Item 15 
(collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over 
financial reporting as of October 2, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
the Company as of October 2, 2021 and October 3, 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years 
in the period ended October 2, 2021 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also 
in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of October 2, 
2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions
The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over 
financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s 
Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We 
are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are 
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules 
and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to 
error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the 
consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such 
procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial 
statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well 
as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting 
included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and 
testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included 
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable 
basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the 
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the 
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

82

Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial 
statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relate to accounts or 
disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or 
complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial 
statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the 
critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. 

Goodwill Impairment Assessment - Chicken Segment Reporting Units 
As described in Notes 1 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s consolidated goodwill balance was $10.5 
billion as of October 2, 2021, which included $3.3 billion for the Chicken segment reporting units. As disclosed by management, a 
goodwill impairment test is conducted as of the first day of the fourth quarter each year, or more frequently if impairment indicators 
arise. Management estimates the fair value of reporting units considering the use of various valuation techniques, with the primary 
technique being an income approach (discounted cash flow method) and another technique being a market approach (guideline public 
company method). The determination of fair value using these techniques includes assumptions about sales growth, operating margins, 
discount rates and valuation multiples based on budgets, business plans, economic projections and marketplace data.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the goodwill impairment assessment of the 
Chicken segment reporting units is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when developing the fair 
value measurements of the reporting units, (ii) the high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures 
and evaluating audit evidence related to management’s anticipated future cash flows and significant assumptions related to sales 
growth, operating margins,  discount rates and valuation multiples, and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with 
specialized skill and knowledge.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion 
on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s 
goodwill impairment assessment, including controls over the valuation of the Company’s Chicken segment reporting units. These 
procedures also included, among others, testing management’s process for developing the fair value estimates of the Chicken segment 
reporting units; evaluating the appropriateness of the income and market valuation approaches; testing the completeness and accuracy 
of underlying data used in the valuation approaches; and evaluating the reasonableness of management’s anticipated future cash flows 
and significant assumptions related to sales growth, operating margins, discount rates and valuation multiples. Evaluating 
management’s assumptions related to sales growth, operating margins, discount rates and valuation multiples involved evaluating 
whether the assumptions used were reasonable considering (i) the current and past performance of the reporting unit, (ii) the 
consistency with external market and industry data, and (iii) whether these assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in 
other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in the evaluation of the Company’s 
valuation approaches and the sales growth, operating margins, discount rates and valuation multiples significant assumptions.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Fayetteville, Arkansas
November 15, 2021 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2009.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

83

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
An evaluation was performed, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer 
("CEO") and the Chief Financial Officer ("CFO"), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act")). 
Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that, as of October 2, 2021, our disclosure controls and procedures were 
effective.

Remediation of Previously Reported Material Weakness in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
During the first quarter of fiscal 2021, we identified and disclosed a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting 
over the existence of live cattle inventory. Specifically, we did not design and maintain effective controls to verify the existence of 
Company inventory in the custody of third-party live cattle suppliers and appropriately perform the live cattle inventory reconciliation 
and review at the designed level of precision. To remediate the material weakness described above, we designed and implemented a 
control requiring the inspection and physical verification of live cattle at third-party feedyards as well as conducted training on the 
execution of the Company’s key control regarding the reconciliation and review of live cattle inventory, including the sufficient 
review based on defined thresholds.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, we successfully completed the testing necessary to conclude that the material weakness has 
been remediated.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the 1934 Act. Our internal control over financial reporting was designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent 
or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may 
become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of October 2, 2021. In 
making this assessment, we used criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
("COSO") in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this evaluation under the framework in Internal Control - 
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO, management concluded the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was 
effective as of October 2, 2021.

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who has audited the fiscal 2021 
financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has also audited the effectiveness of the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting as of October 2, 2021 as stated in its report which appears in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under 
the 1934 Act) during the quarter ended October 2, 2021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

See information set forth under the captions “Election of Directors” and "Board of Directors and Corporate Governance Information" 
in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the Company’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held February 10, 2022 (the 
“Proxy Statement”), which information is incorporated herein by reference. Pursuant to general instruction G(3) of Annual Report on 
Form 10-K, certain information concerning our executive officers is included under the caption “Information About Our Executive 
Officers” in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We have a code of ethics as defined in Item 406 of Regulation S-K, which applies to all of our directors and team members, including 
our principal executive officers, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, and persons performing similar 
functions. This code of ethics, titled “Tyson Code of Conduct,” is available, free of charge on our website at http://ir.tyson.com.

We will post any amendments to the Code of Conduct, and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the 
Securities and Exchange Commission or the New York Stock Exchange, on our website.

84

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

See the information set forth under the captions “Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation For Fiscal Year 2021,” 
“Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Report of the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee” and 
"Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by 
reference. However, pursuant to instructions to Item 407(e)(5) of Regulation S-K, the material appearing under the sub-heading 
“Report of the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee” shall be deemed "furnished" and not be deemed to be “filed” 
with the SEC, other than as provided in this Item 11.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

See the information included under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” and “Security Ownership of 
Management” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The following information reflects certain information about our equity compensation plans as of October 2, 2021:

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Number of
Securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options

Weighted
average
exercise price
of outstanding
options

Number of Securities 
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation plans
(excluding Securities reflected
 in the first column (a))

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders  
Total

7,295,488  $ 

— 

7,295,488  $ 

63.73 

— 

63.73 

27,544,595 

— 

27,544,595 

(a) Shares of Class A Common Stock available for future issuance as of October 2, 2021, under the Stock Incentive Plan (9,463,920), the Employee 

Stock Purchase Plan (10,433,067) and the Retirement Savings Plan (7,647,608).

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

See the information included under the captions “Election of Directors,” "Board of Directors and Corporate Governance Information" 
and “Certain Transactions” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

See the information included under the captions “Audit Fees,” “Audit-Related Fees,” “Tax Fees,” “All Other Fees,” and “Audit 
Committee Pre-Approval Policy” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a) The following documents are filed as a part of this report:

(1) Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Statements of Income for the three years ended October 2, 2021 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three years ended October 2, 2021 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at October 2, 2021, and October 3, 2020 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the three years ended October 2, 2021 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended October 2, 2021 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

(2) Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules 

Financial Statement Schedule - Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the three years ended October 2, 2021 

All other schedules are omitted because they are neither applicable nor required.

(3) Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K 

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No.

2.1

3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.8

4.9

4.10

4.11

4.12

4.13

4.14

Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 17, 2018, by and among Tyson Foods, Inc., Keystone Foods Holdings 
Limited and Marfrig Global Foods S.A. (previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed on August 23, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference). Exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to 
Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, but a copy will be furnished supplementally to the Securities and Exchange 
Commission upon request.

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 3, 1998, and incorporated herein by reference).

Sixth Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Current Report 
on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 12, 2020, and incorporated herein by 
reference).

Description of the Registrant's Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
(previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended September 28, 
2019, and incorporated herein by reference).

Indenture dated June 1, 1995, by and between the Company and The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., as Trustee (the 
“Company Indenture”) (previously filed as Exhibit 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-3, filed with the Commission 
on December 18, 1997, Registration No. 333-42525, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of 7.0% Note due January 15, 2028, issued under the Company Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the 
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 27, 1997, and incorporated herein by 
reference).

Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 13, 2012, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon 
Trust Company, National Association (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan 
Bank, N.A.)), as Trustee, supplementing the Company Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 13, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of 4.50% Senior Note due 2022 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 and included in Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's 
Current Report on Form 8‑K filed June 13, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).

Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 8, 2014, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon 
Trust Company, National Association (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan 
Bank, N.A.)), as Trustee, supplementing the Company Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 8, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).

Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 8, 2014, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon 
Trust Company, National Association (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan 
Bank, N.A.)), as Trustee, supplementing the Company Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company's 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 8, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of 3.95% Senior Note due 2024 (included in Exhibit 4.4 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8‑K filed 
August 8, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).

Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 8, 2014, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon 
Trust Company, National Association (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan 
Bank, N.A.)), as Trustee, supplementing the Company Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company's 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 8, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of 4.875% Senior Note due 2034 (included in Exhibit 4.6 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8‑K filed 
August 8, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).

Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 8, 2014, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon 
Trust Company, National Association (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan 
Bank, N.A.)), as Trustee, supplementing the Company Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.8 to the Company's 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 8, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of 5.15% Senior Note due 2044 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.8 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8‑K 
filed August 8, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).

Indenture dated October 2, 1990, between Sara Lee Corporation and Continental Bank, N.A., as Trustee (the “Sara Lee 
Indenture”) (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 33-33603 on Form S-3 
by Sara Lee Corporation, predecessor in interest to The Hillshire Brands Company, filed with the Commission on 
October 5, 1990, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of 61/8% Notes due 2032 issued pursuant to the Sara Lee Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.25 to the 
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 27, 2014, and incorporated herein by 
reference).

86

4.15

4.16

4.17

4.18

4.19

4.20

4.21

4.22

4.23

4.24

10.1

10.2

*

10.3

*

10.4

*

10.5

*

10.6

10.7

*

*

Supplemental Indenture dated June 2, 2017, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust 
Company, N.A. (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.)), as Trustee, 
supplementing the Company Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-k 
filed on June 2, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

Supplemental Indenture dated June 2, 2017, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust 
Company, N.A. (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.)), as Trustee, 
supplementing the Company Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed on June 2, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

Supplemental Indenture dated June 2, 2017, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust 
Company, N.A. (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.)), as Trustee, 
supplementing the Company Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed on June 2, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of 3.55% Senior Notes due 2027 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed on June 2, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

Supplemental Indenture dated June 2, 2017, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust 
Company, N.A. (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.)), as Trustee, 
supplementing the Company Indenture (previously filed as Exhibit 4.8 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed on June 2, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of 4.55% Senior Notes due 2047 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.8 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed on June 2, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

Supplemental Indenture, dated September 28, 2018, by and between the Company and the Bank of New York Mellon 
Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.)), as 
Trustee, supplementing the Company Indenture (previously filed as exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on September 28, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference.

Form of 3.900% Senior Notes due 2023 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed on September 28, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference).

Supplemental Indenture, dated September 28, 2018, by and between the Company and the Bank of New York Mellon 
Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.)), as 
Trustee, supplementing the Company Indenture (previously filed as exhibit 4.4 to the Company's Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on September 28, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference.

Form of 5.100% Senior Notes due 2048 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed on September 28, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference).

Revolving Credit Agreement, dated September 30, 2021, among Tyson Foods, Inc., the subsidiary borrowers party 
thereto, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (previously filed as Exhibit 
10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 4, 
2021, and incorporated herein by reference).

Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated November 9, 2017, by and between the Company and 
John Tyson (previously filed as Exhibit 10.76 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
September 30, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

Employment Agreement, effective as of June 2, 2021, by and between the Company and Donnie King (previously filed 
as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 
June 2, 2021, and incorporated herein by reference).

Compensatory arrangement by and between the Company and John Randal Tyson (previously filed as Exhibit 10.17 to 
the Company's Current Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 28, 2019, and incorporated herein by 
reference).

Compensatory arrangement by and between the Company and Noelle O'Mara (previously filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the 
Company's Current Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 28, 2019, and incorporated herein by 
reference).

Offer Letter between Tyson Foods, Inc. and Christopher Langholz (previously filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Company's 
Current Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 28, 2019, and incorporated herein by reference).

Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of October 2nd, 2020, entered into between the 
Company and Noel W. White (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
October 8, 2020, and incorporated herein by reference).

87

10.8

*

Offer Letter between Tyson Foods, Inc. and Johanna Söderström (previously filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company's 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 3, 2020, and incorporated herein by reference).

10.9

*

10.10 *

10.11 *

10.12 *

10.13 *

10.14 *

10.15 *

10.16 *

10.17 *

10.18 *

10.19 *

10.20 *

10.21 *

10.22 *

10.23 *

10.24 *

Indemnity Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2007, between the Company and John Tyson (previously filed as 
Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 28, 2007, and incorporated herein by 
reference).

Form of Indemnity Agreement between Tyson Foods, Inc. and its directors and certain executive officers (previously 
filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 3, 2020, and 
incorporated herein by reference). 

Tyson Foods, Inc. Annual Incentive Compensation Plan for Senior Executives adopted February 4, 2005, and 
reapproved February 5, 2016 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.34 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
fiscal year ended October 1, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference).

Amended and Restated Tyson Foods, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, effective as of February 1, 2013 (previously 
filed as Exhibit 99.2 to Registration Statement on Form S-8 on February 22, 2013, Registration No. 333-186797, and 
incorporated herein by reference).

First Amendment to the Tyson Foods, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, effective February 1, 2013 (previously filed 
as Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 28, 2013, and 
incorporated herein by reference).

Amended and Restated Executive Savings Plan of Tyson Foods, Inc. effective January 1, 2013 (previously filed as 
Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 28, 2013, and 
incorporated herein by reference).

First Amendment to the Executive Savings Plan of Tyson Foods, Inc. effective November 16, 2017 (previously filed as 
Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 30, 2017, and 
incorporated herein by reference).

Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, amended and restated as of February 11, 2021 (previously filed as Exhibit 
A-1 to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 23, 
2020, and incorporated herein by reference).

Amended and Restated Tyson Foods, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement and Life Insurance Premium Plan 
effective January 1, 2017 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.68 to the Company's Annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal 
year ended October 1, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).

First Amendment to the Tyson Foods, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement and Life Insurance Premium Plan 
effective November, 16, 2017 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended 12/30/2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

Second Amendment to the Tyson Foods, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement and Life Insurance Premium Plan 
effective February 2018 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended 12/30/2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

Retirement Savings Plan of Tyson Foods, Inc. effective January 1, 2011 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.33 to the 
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2011, and incorporated herein by 
reference).

First Amendment to the Retirement Savings Plan of Tyson Foods, Inc., as Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2011 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.32 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 
28, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).

Amended and Restated Retirement Income Plan of IBP, inc. effective August 1, 2000, and Amendment to Freeze the 
Retirement Income Plan of IBP, inc. effective December 31, 2002 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.46 to the Company’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 27, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Stock Options Incentive Award Agreement with contracted employees pursuant to which stock options awards 
are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 28, 2016 (previously filed as 
Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ending December 31, 2016, and 
incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Stock Options Incentive Award Agreement with non-contracted employees pursuant to which stock options 
awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 28, 2016 (previously 
filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ending December 31, 2016, and 
incorporated herein by reference).

88

10.25 *

10.26 *

10.27 *

10.28 *

10.29 *

10.30 *

10.31 *

10.32 *

10.33 *

10.34 *

10.35 *

10.36 *

10.37 *

10.38 *

10.39 *

Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement with contracted employees at band level 1-5 pursuant to which stock option 
awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 29, 2010 (previously 
filed as Exhibit 10.41 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2011, and 
incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement with key employees and contracted employees at band level 6-9 pursuant to 
which stock option awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 29, 
2010 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.42 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 
1, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement with contracted employees at band level 1-5 pursuant to which stock option 
awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 28, 2011 (previously 
filed as Exhibit 10.47 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 29, 2012, and 
incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement with key employees and contracted employees at band level 6-9 pursuant to 
which stock option awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 28, 
2011 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.48 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
September 29, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Stock Incentive Agreement pursuant to which stock options are granted to contracted employees under the 
Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective October 26, 2012 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.49 to the 
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 29, 2012, and incorporated herein by 
reference).

Form of Stock Incentive Agreement pursuant to which stock options are granted to non-contracted employees under the 
Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective October 26, 2012 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.50 to the 
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 29, 2012, and incorporated herein by 
reference).

Form of Stock Incentive Award Agreement with contracted employees pursuant to which stock options awards are 
granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 30, 2015 (previously filed as Exhibit 
10.9 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 2016, and incorporated herein by 
reference).

Form of Stock Incentive Award Agreement with non-contracted employees which include non-competition, non-
solicitation and confidentiality agreements, pursuant to which stock options awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, 
Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 30, 2015 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).

Tyson Foods, Inc. Severance Pay Plan for Contracted Employees, as amended and restated effective December 1, 2017 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 30, 
2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

Executive Severance Plan effective October 15, 2018 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.65 to the Company's Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the period ended September 29, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Performance Shares Operating Income Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which performance stock 
awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2017 (previously 
filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 30, 2017, and 
incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Performance Shares Relative Total Shareholder Return Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which 
performance stock awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 
2017 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 
30, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock Subject to Performance Criteria Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which 
restricted stock awards subject to performance criteria are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive 
Plan effective November 17, 2017 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
for the period ended December 30, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock Incentive Award Agreement with contracted employees pursuant to which restricted stock 
awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2017 (previously 
filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 30, 2017, and 
incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Stock Options Incentive Award Agreement with contracted employees pursuant to which stock options awards 
are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2017 (previously filed as 
Exhibit 10.13 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 30, 2017, and 
incorporated herein by reference).

89

10.40 *

10.41 *

10.42 *

10.43 *

10.44 *

10.45 *

10.46 *

10.47 *

10.48 *

10.49 *

10.50 *

10.51 *

10.52 *

10.53 *

Form of Performance Shares - Operating Income - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which performance 
shares are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2017 (previously filed 
as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 29, 2018, and 
incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Performance Shares - Operating Income (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which 
performance shares are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2017 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 29, 
2018, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock Subject to Performance Criteria - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which 
restricted stock awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2017 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 29, 
2018, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock Subject to Performance Criteria (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which 
restricted stock awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2017 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 29, 
2018, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Stock Options (Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards are 
granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2017 (previously filed as Exhibit 
10.8 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 29, 2018, and incorporated herein 
by reference).

Form of Stock Options (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards are granted 
under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2017 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.9 to 
the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 29, 2018, and incorporated herein by 
reference).

Form of Stock Options (Director/Non-Contract) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option 
awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2017 (previously 
filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 29, 2018, and 
incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock (Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted stock awards are 
granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2017 (previously filed as Exhibit 
10.11 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 29, 2018, and incorporated 
herein by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock (Director/Non-contract) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted share 
awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2017 (previously 
filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 29, 2018, and 
incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted stock awards are 
granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2017 (previously filed as Exhibit 
10.13 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 29, 2018, and incorporated 
herein by reference).

Form of Performance Shares - Total Shareholder Return - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which 
performance shares are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2017 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 29, 
2018, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Performance Shares - Total Shareholder Return (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which 
performance shares are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2017 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 29, 
2018, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Award Agreement pursuant to which stock appreciation rights are awarded under the 
Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 17, 2017 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the 
Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 29, 2018, and incorporated herein by 
reference).

Form of Performance Shares - Operating Income - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which performance 
shares are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2019 (previously filed 
as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 28, 2019, and 
incorporated herein by reference).

90

10.54 *

10.55 *

10.56 *

10.57 *

10.58 *

10.59 *

10.60 *

10.61 *

10.62 *

10.63 *

10.64 *

10.65 *

10.66 *

10.67 *

Form of Performance Shares - Operating Income (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which 
performance shares are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2019 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 28, 
2019, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Performance Shares - Total Shareholder Return - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which 
performance shares are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2019 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 28, 
2019, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Performance Shares - Total Shareholder Return (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which 
performance shares are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2019 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 28, 
2019, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock Subject to Performance Criteria - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which 
restricted stock awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2019 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 28, 
2019, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock Subject to Performance Criteria (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which 
restricted stock awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2019 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 28, 
2019, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock (Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted share awards are 
granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2019 (previously filed as Exhibit 
10.7 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 28, 2019, and incorporated herein 
by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock (Director/Non-Contract) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted 
share awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2019 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 28, 
2019, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted stock awards are 
granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2019 (previously filed as Exhibit 
10.9 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 28, 2019, and incorporated herein 
by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock (International Director/Non-Contract) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which 
restricted share awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2019 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 28, 
2019, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock (International Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted 
share awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2019 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 28, 
2019, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Stock Options (Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards are 
granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2019 (previously filed as Exhibit 
10.12 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 28, 2019, and incorporated 
herein by reference).

Form of Stock Options (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards are granted 
under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2019 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.13 
to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 28, 2019, and incorporated herein by 
reference).

Form of Stock Options (Director/Non-Contract) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option 
awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 18, 2019 (previously 
filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 28, 2019, and 
incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Stock Options (Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards are 
granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 20, 2020 (previously filed as Exhibit 
10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 2021, and incorporated herein by 
reference).

91

10.68 *

10.69 *

10.70 *

10.71 *

10.72 *

10.73 *

10.74 *

10.75 *

10.76 *

10.77 *

10.78 *

10.79 *

10.80 *

10.81 *

Form of Stock Options (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards are granted 
under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 20, 2020 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to 
the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 2021, and incorporated herein by 
reference).

Form of Stock Options (Director/Non-Contract) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which stock option 
awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 20, 2020 (previously 
filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 2021, and 
incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Stock Options (CEO Special) - Stock Incentive Aware Agreement pursuant to which stock option awards are 
granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective October 5, 2020 (previously filed as Exhibit 
10.4 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 2021, and incorporated herein by 
reference).

Form of Restricted Stock (Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted share awards are 
granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 20, 2020 (previously filed as Exhibit 
10.5 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 2021, and incorporated herein by 
reference).

Form of Restricted Stock (Director/Non-Contract) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted 
share awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 20, 2020 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 2021, 
and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted stock awards are 
granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 20, 2020 (previously filed as Exhibit 
10.7 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 2021, and incorporated herein by 
reference).

Form of Performance Shares - Operating Income - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which performance 
shares are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 20, 2020 (previously filed 
as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 2021, and incorporated 
herein by reference).

Form of Performance Shares - Operating Income (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which 
performance shares are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 20, 2020 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 2021, 
and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Performance Shares - Total Shareholder Return - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which 
performance shares are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 20, 2020 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 
2021, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Performance Shares - Total Shareholder Return (5+1) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which 
performance shares are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 20, 2020 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 
2021, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock (5+1 Special) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted stock awards 
are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 20, 2020 (previously filed as 
Exhibit 10.12 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 2021, and incorporated 
herein by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock (Contracted Special) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted stock 
awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 20, 2020 (previously 
filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 2021, and 
incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock (International Non-Contract) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted 
share awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 20, 2020 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 
2021, and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Restricted Stock (International Contracted) - Stock Incentive Award Agreement pursuant to which restricted 
share awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective November 20, 2020 
(previously filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 
2021, and incorporated herein by reference).

92

10.82 *

Form of Restricted Stock (Chairman and CEO Special) - Stock Incentive Aware Agreement pursuant to which restricted 
stock awards are granted under the Tyson Foods, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan effective October 5, 2020 (previously 
filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 2, 2021, and 
incorporated herein by reference).

21

23

** Subsidiaries of the Company.

** Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

31.1

** Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to SEC Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 

of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2

** Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to SEC Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 

of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1

*** Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2

*** Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101

104

*
**
***

The following financial information from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 2, 2021, 
formatted in iXBRL (inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Statements of Income, (ii) 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iii) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iv) Consolidated Statements of 
Shareholders' Equity, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, 
and (vii) Financial Statement Schedule.

Cover Page Interactive Data File formatted in iXBRL.

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
Filed herewith
Furnished herewith

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
TYSON FOODS, INC.
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Additions

Three years ended October 2, 2021

Balance at
Beginning
of Period

Charged to
Costs and
Expenses

Charged to
Other 
Accounts

(Deductions)

Balance at End
of Period

$ 

$ 

$ 

26  $ 
21 
19 

27  $ 
34 
25 

127  $ 
86 
79 

5  $ 
9 
4 

79  $ 
102 
61 

24  $ 
35 
13 

—  $ 
— 
— 

—  $ 
— 
— 

—  $ 
13 
6 

(6)  $ 
(4)   
(2)   

(59)  $ 
(109)   
(52)   

—  $ 
(7)   
(12)   

25 
26 
21 

47 
27 
34 

151 
127 
86 

93

in millions

Allowance for Credit Losses:
2021
2020
2019

Inventory Lower of Cost or Net 
Realizable Value Allowance:

Valuation Allowance on 
Deferred Tax Assets:

2021
2020
2019

2021
2020
2019

ITEM 16. Form 10-K Summary
None.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 

report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

TYSON FOODS, INC.

By:

/s/ Stewart Glendinning

November 15, 2021

Stewart Glendinning
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer)

By:

/s/ Phillip W. Thomas

November 15, 2021

Phillip W. Thomas
Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer 
(Principal Accounting Officer)

94

 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons 

on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

/s/ Les R. Baledge
Les R. Baledge

/s/ Gaurdie E. Banister Jr.
Gaurdie E. Banister Jr.

/s/ Mike Beebe
Mike Beebe

/s/ Maria Claudia Borras
Maria Claudia Borras

/s/ David J. Bronczek
David J. Bronczek

/s/ Mikel A. Durham
Mikel A. Durham

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

/s/ Stewart Glendinning
Stewart Glendinning

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
      (Principal Financial Officer)

President and Chief Executive Officer
      (Principal Executive Officer)

Director

November 15, 2021

November 15, 2021

November 15, 2021

November 15, 2021

November 15, 2021

November 15, 2021

November 15, 2021

November 15, 2021

November 15, 2021

/s/ Donnie King
Donnie King

/s/ Jonathan D. Mariner
Jonathan D. Mariner

/s/ Kevin M. McNamara
Kevin M. McNamara

/s/ Cheryl S. Miller
Cheryl S. Miller

/s/ Jeffrey K. Schomburger
Jeffrey K. Schomburger

/s/ Phillip W. Thomas
Phillip W. Thomas

/s/ Robert C. Thurber
Robert C. Thurber

/s/ Barbara A. Tyson
Barbara A. Tyson

/s/ John H. Tyson
John H. Tyson

/s/ Noel White
Noel White

Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors

November 15, 2021

Director

Director

November 15, 2021

November 15, 2021

Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer 
       (Principal Accounting Officer)

November 15, 2021

Director

Director

November 15, 2021

November 15, 2021

Chairman of the Board of Directors

November 15, 2021

Executive Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors

November 15, 2021

95